US20220062229A1 - Methods of treating schizophrenia - Google Patents

Methods of treating schizophrenia Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20220062229A1
US20220062229A1 US17/223,229 US202117223229A US2022062229A1 US 20220062229 A1 US20220062229 A1 US 20220062229A1 US 202117223229 A US202117223229 A US 202117223229A US 2022062229 A1 US2022062229 A1 US 2022062229A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
panss
schizophrenia
disorder
optionally substituted
domain
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US17/223,229
Inventor
Seth Hopkins
Kenneth KOBLAN
Antony LOEBEL
Ajay Ogirala
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc
Original Assignee
Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority to US17/223,229 priority Critical patent/US20220062229A1/en
Assigned to SUNOVION PHARMACEUTICALS INC. reassignment SUNOVION PHARMACEUTICALS INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: LOEBEL, Antony, KOBLAN, KENNETH, HOPKINS, SETH, OGIRALA, AJAY
Assigned to SUNOVION PHARMACEUTICALS INC. reassignment SUNOVION PHARMACEUTICALS INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: LOEBEL, Antony, KOBLAN, KENNETH, HOPKINS, SETH, OGIRALA, AJAY
Publication of US20220062229A1 publication Critical patent/US20220062229A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/38Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/381Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom having five-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/41641,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/41781,3-Diazoles not condensed 1,3-diazoles and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. pilocarpine, nitrofurantoin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4436Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a heterocyclic ring having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4535Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a heterocyclic ring having sulfur as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pizotifen
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/496Non-condensed piperazines containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. rifampin, thiothixene
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/53771,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/50Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D333/52Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes
    • C07D333/54Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/50Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D333/76Dibenzothiophenes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/50Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D333/78Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with rings other than six-membered or with ring systems containing such rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/12Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings

Definitions

  • Central nervous system disorders affect a wide range of the population with differing severity. Generally, the major feature of this class of disorders includes the significant impairment of cognition or memory that represents a marked deterioration from a previous level of functioning.
  • Schizophrenia is a psychopathic disorder of unknown origin, which usually appears for the first time in early adulthood and is marked by characteristics such as, psychotic symptoms, phasic progression and development, and/or deterioration in social behavior and professional capability. Schizophrenia is also a chronic and disabling disorder with a heterogeneous clinical presentation characterized by symptoms across a range of psychological, behavioral, and cognitive domains.
  • a DSM-5 diagnosis of schizophrenia requires the presence of at least 3 criteria in the domains of positive symptoms (delusions or hallucinations), negative symptoms (diminished emotional expression or avolition), or disorganized thinking/behavior (disorganized speech or grossly disorganized behavior or catatonia).
  • Associated symptoms supporting the diagnosis include symptoms occurring in 2 additional domains of depression/anxiety and hostility/excitement. See, e.g., Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5 th Ed., American Psychiatric Association (2013) (DSM-VTM, aka DSM-5).
  • PANSS Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale
  • Positive symptoms are those, which represent an “excess” of normal experiences, such as hallucinations and delusions.
  • Negative symptoms are those where the patient suffers from a lack of normal experiences, such as anhedonia and lack of social interaction.
  • the cognitive symptoms relate to cognitive impairment in schizophrenics, such as lack of sustained attention and deficits in decision making.
  • the current antipsychotics may be successful in treating the positive symptoms but fare less well for the negative and cognitive symptoms.
  • first and second generation antipsychotic medications have demonstrated significant efficacy in the treatment of positive symptoms of schizophrenia, hostility/excitement, and (to a lesser degree) symptoms of depression/anxiety.
  • comparably effective treatment of negative symptoms and cognitive dysfunction remains an unmet need.
  • provided herein are various methods for the treatment of the negative symptoms, cognitive dysfunction symptoms, or both, associated with schizophrenia.
  • methods of identifying compounds with potential efficacy in the treatment of the negative symptoms, cognitive dysfunction symptoms, or both, associated with schizophrenia are provided herein.
  • methods of treating the negative symptom domain of schizophrenia in prominently negative symptom type subjects comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia.
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • the schizophrenia symptom domain is one or more of the positive domain, the negative domain, the disorganized domain, the affective domain, and the hostility domain. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia symptom sub-domain is one or more of apathy/avolition; and deficit of expression. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia symptom sub-domain is one or more of depression and anxiety.
  • methods of identifying compounds with potential efficacy in the treatment of a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, or both are methods of identifying subjects with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom prominently in a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, or both.
  • methods of identifying compounds with potential efficacy in the treatment of the negative symptoms are provided herein.
  • methods of identifying subjects with prominently negative symptoms and methods of treating such subjects comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or stereoisomers thereof:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , X, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , m, and n are defined herein elsewhere.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IIa):
  • R, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IIb):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IIc):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IIa):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IIIb):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IIIc):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IVa):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IVb):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IVc):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (V):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , Z 1 , Z 3 , X, Y, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (VI):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R, R, R 6 , R 7 , Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and m are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • a “symptom domain” of schizophrenia refers to one of the five generally recognized domains of schizophrenia: (1) positive, (2) negative, (3) disorganized, (4) affective, and (5) hostility. See, e.g., Marder S R, Davis J M, Chouinard G., J. Clin. Psychiatry. 1997; 58:538-546).
  • the negative symptom domain and the affective symptom domain each have two recognized symptom sub-domains.
  • the negative domain symptom sub-domains are (a) apathy/avolition; and (b) deficit of expression.
  • the affective domain symptom sub-domains are (a) depression; and (b) anxiety.
  • schizophrenia subject populations can be classified by their prominent symptomology.
  • schizophrenia subject can be classified as having prominently positive, prominently hostile, prominently disorganized, prominently affective, or prominently negative symptoms.
  • the therapeutic agent of a method of the present invention is an antipsychotic agent.
  • the antipsychotic agent is selected from typical antipsychotic agents and atypical antipsychotic agents.
  • the therapeutic agent is a typical antipsychotic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent is an atypical antipsychotic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent is a dopamine antagonist.
  • the therapeutic agent is a D2 receptor antagonist.
  • methods of treating the negative symptoms, cognitive dysfunction symptoms, or both, associated with schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of lurasidone.
  • aripiprazole cholorpromazine promazine, thioridazine, haloperidol, clopenthixol, thiothixene, sulpride, spiperone, pimozide, clozapine, fluphenazine, carpipramine, bromperidol, zotepine, amisulpride, levosulpride, emonapride, risperidone, olanzapine, quetiapine, ziprasidone, perospirone, sertindole, paliperidone, blonanserin, asennapine, iloperidone, brexpiprazole, and cariprazine.
  • a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a schizophrenia domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score and wherein the schizophrenia domain is selected from the group consisting of prominently positive, prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, prominently affective (depression/anxiety), prominently hostility/excitement, and prominently negative symptoms (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression).
  • a subject that is part of a schizophrenic symptom sub-population that is, subjects with symptoms prominently in a specific symptom domain, sub-domain or sub-domains
  • the methods comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • the symptom domain, sub-domain and/or sub-domains are determined using transformed PANSS factors in accord with an embodiments of a method provided herein.
  • the schizophrenia subject sub-population is selected from the group consisting of subjects with prominently positive, prominently hostile, prominently disorganized, prominently affective, or prominently negative symptoms.
  • the subject is part of a schizophrenic symptom sub-population having symptoms primarily in the positive symptom domain, the hostile domain, the disorganized thought or thinking symptom domain, the affective symptom domain, or the negative symptom domain.
  • the subject is part of a schizophrenic symptom sub-population having symptoms prominently in one or more of the negative symptom sub-domains of apathy/avolition and deficit of expression.
  • the subject is part of a schizophrenic symptom sub-population having symptoms prominently in one or more of the depression/anxiety symptom sub-domains depression and anxiety.
  • the present inventors have discovered methods which can be used to minimize the correlation or decorrelate the PANSS factors and thus ascertain the potential efficacy of a compound and/or treatment for a specific symptom of schizophrenia, and in various particular embodiments, the potential efficacy of a compound and/or treatment for a negative symptom of schizophrenia.
  • the present inventions utilize existing PANSS data and transform that data with score matrix weighting coefficients to generate transformed PANSS factors with minimal between-factor correlation (enhanced orthogonality) while preserving the correspondence to Marder PANSS factors (Marder S R, Davis J M, Chouinard G., J. Clin. Psychiatry. 1997; 58:538-546).
  • a drug has potential efficacy for the treatment for a specific symptom of schizophrenia, and in various particular embodiments, the potential efficacy of a compound for treatment of a negative symptom of schizophrenia.
  • the present inventors have discovered that in various aspects embodiments of the methods used to minimize the correlation or decorrelate the PANSS factors, can be used to classify subjects by their prominent symptomology. Accordingly, in various embodiments provided are methods of identifying subjects with prominently positive, prominently hostile, prominently disorganized, prominently affective, or prominently negative symptoms, and methods of treating such subjects comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • compositions and dosage forms comprising a compound provided herein, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • Compositions and dosage forms provided herein may further comprise one or more additional active ingredients.
  • provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, and/or managing the negative symptoms, cognitive dysfunction symptoms, or both, associated with schizophrenia.
  • methods of treating, preventing, and/or managing negative symptoms, cognitive dysfunction symptoms, or both, associated with schizophrenia in a subject such as a mammal, such as, e.g., human, rodent (such as, e.g., mice and rats), cat, dog, non-human primate, among others.
  • the methods comprises contacting a compound (provided herein and/or selected employing the methods provided herein) with one or more receptors of the central nervous system.
  • the methods comprise contacting a cell, where in various embodiments the cell is a brain cell, such as, e.g., a neuronal cell or a glial cell.
  • the dendrogram far right displays clustering of related items according to a distance metric (1-r 2 ), where closely related items were more correlated than distantly related items (x-axis).
  • the branches are labeled according to the clustering of items.
  • Each row corresponds to an item in PANSS (labeled on far left) with identity to each column in the correlation matrix along the diagonal.
  • the columns under heading MARDER FACTORS collect correlations between each item rating and each of 5 Marder PANSS factor scores vs rows.
  • FIG. 2 presents a correlation matrix heat map of PANSS item scores for all observations' change from baseline. Correlations of individual item change scores (rows) are shown relative to the transformed PANSS factor change scores (columns under heading TRANSFORMED FACTORS), or relative to the Marder PANSS factors. Transformed PANSS factors were calculated using the coefficients of the score matrix (see FIG. 4 and Table 4A). The relatively low correlations among items outside of their respective (transformed) factor illustrates specific associations of items with distinct transformed PANSS factors, relative to Marder PANSS factor scores which have substantial correlations outside of their respective PANSS factors. The amount of variance explained by each PANSS factor was identified and labeled for each transformed PANSS factor.
  • CORRELATION MATRIX is shaded according to Pearson's r value between each item, and corresponds by row to the dendrogram at the far right. Branches in the dendrogram are labeled according to clustering of items, and correspond to boxes along the diagonal of the correlation matrix.
  • FIG. 3A shows a Forest plot of the effect size change from baseline for placebo. Profile of improvements (change from baseline) in schizophrenia symptoms estimated using PANSS factors.
  • FIG. 3A shown are within-treatment effect sizes (with 95% CI) for placebo for change from baseline at week 6 endpoint, based on the Marder PANSS factors.
  • the same within-treatment effect sizes at endpoint are shown based on the transformed PANSS factors. Transformed PANSS factors were calculated using the coefficients of the score matrix (see FIG. 4 and Table 4A).
  • FIG. 3B shows a Forest plot of the effect size change from baseline for treatment with lurasidone. Profile of active drug effects on schizophrenia symptom domains.
  • lurasidone vs placebo effect sizes (with 95% CI) for change from baseline at week 6 endpoint, based on the Marder PANSS factors.
  • the same lurasidone vs placebo effect sizes at endpoint are shown based on the transformed PANSS factors.
  • FIG. 4 presents the transformation matrix, also referred to herein as the score matrix and Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM), that was used to transform Marder PANSS factor data to transformed PANSS factor data.
  • the score matrix itself comprises the matrix from Columns 7 to 13 (inclusive) and rows 2 to 30 (inclusive), and is also presented in Table 4A.
  • Column 1 provides the PANSS factor transformed (e.g. provide the order of the PANSS column vector) and column 14 the name for this PANSS factor.
  • Columns 2 to 6 illustrate the correspondence between the PANSS factors and the associated Marder PANSS factors (here also diagnostic symptom domains), and the traditional weighting of PANSS factors as either “0” or “1.”
  • FIG. 1 provides the PANSS factor transformed (e.g. provide the order of the PANSS column vector)
  • Column 14 the name for this PANSS factor.
  • Columns 2 to 6 illustrate the correspondence between the PANSS factors and the associated Marder PANSS factors (here also diagnostic
  • POS means positive symptoms
  • DIS means disorganized thoughts
  • NAA means negative symptoms of apathy/avolition
  • NDE means negative symptom of deficit of expression
  • HOS hostility
  • NEG means, negative symptoms
  • ANX means anxiety
  • DEP means depression
  • DEP/ANX means depression/anxiety.
  • FIG. 5 presents the correlation coefficients among the transformed PANSS factor scores for the validation data of Example 1.
  • Column of the table of FIG. 5 indicates if the study used was from the analysis or validation data set; column 2 the study; column 3 the study design; column 4 the number of subjects; column 5 the study duration; column 6 the transformed PANSS factors (Nfactor) total versus the PANSS factor total; columns 7-10 the Pearson's correlation coefficients between the transformed PANSS factor scores for Positive symptoms (POS) and the other transformed PANSS factor scores (e.g. DIS, AA, DE and HOS); and columns 11-13 the transformed PANSS factor subtotals versus the transformed PANSS factor scores for Positive symptoms. Correlations are presented for change scores to study endpoint for the indicated duration of column 5.
  • RCT Randomized placebo-Controlled Trial in acute schizophrenia
  • RWS Randomized Withdrawal Study at endpoint of Open Label (“OL”) or Double Blind (“DB”) period
  • POS positive symptoms
  • DIS Disorganized thoughts
  • AA also “NAA” means negative symptoms of apathy/avolition
  • DE also “NDE” means negative symptom of deficit of expression
  • Neg negative symptoms
  • drug and “therapeutic agent” refer to a compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, which is administered to a subject for treating, preventing, managing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a condition, disorder, or disease.
  • active ingredient and active substance refer to a compound, which is administered, alone or in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, to a subject for treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a condition, disorder, or disease.
  • active ingredient and active substance may be an optically active isomer of a compound described herein.
  • the term “subject,” to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, humans (i.e., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g., infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle-aged adult or senior adult)) and/or other primates (e.g., cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys); mammals, including commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, cats, and/or dogs; and/or birds, including commercially relevant birds such as chickens, ducks, geese, quail, and/or turkeys.
  • humans i.e., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g., infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle-aged adult or senior adult)) and/or other primates (e
  • treatment refers to reversing, alleviating, delaying the onset of, or inhibiting the progress of a disease or disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof, including but not limited to therapeutic benefit.
  • treatment may be administered after one or more symptoms have developed.
  • treatment may be administered in the absence of symptoms.
  • treatment may be administered to a subject prior to the onset of symptoms (e.g., in light of a history of symptoms and/or in light of genetic or other susceptibility factors). Treatment may also be continued after symptoms have resolved, for example to prevent or delay their recurrence.
  • Therapeutic benefit includes eradication and/or amelioration of the underlying disorder being treated; it also includes the eradication and/or amelioration of one or more of the symptoms associated with the underlying disorder such that an improvement is observed in the subject, notwithstanding that the subject may still be afflicted with the underlying disorder.
  • treatment includes one or more of the following: (a) inhibiting the disorder (for example, decreasing one or more symptoms resulting from the disorder, and/or diminishing the extent of the disorder); (b) slowing or arresting the development of one or more symptoms associated with the disorder (for example, stabilizing the disorder and/or delaying the worsening or progression of the disorder); and/or (c) relieving the disorder (for example, causing the regression of clinical symptoms, ameliorating the disorder, delaying the progression of the disorder, and/or increasing quality of life.)
  • the term “therapeutically effective amount” or “effective amount” refers to an amount that is effective to elicit the desired biological or medical response, including the amount of a compound that, when administered to a subject for treating a disorder, is sufficient to effect such treatment of the disorder.
  • the effective amount will vary depending on the compound, the disorder, and its severity, and the age, weight, etc. of the subject to be treated.
  • the effective amount may be in one or more doses (for example, a single dose or multiple doses may be required to achieve the desired treatment endpoint).
  • An effective amount may be considered to be given in an effective amount if, in conjunction with one or more other agents, a desirable or beneficial result may be or is achieved.
  • Suitable doses of any co-administered compounds may optionally be lowered due to the combined action, additive or synergistic, of the compound.
  • an “at risk” individual is an individual who is at risk of developing a disorder to be treated. This may be shown, for example, by one or more risk factors, which are measurable parameters that correlate with development of a disorder and are known in the art.
  • prevention refers to a regimen that protects against the onset of the disorder such that the clinical symptoms of the disorder do not develop. Accordingly, “prevention” relates to administration of a therapy, including administration of a compound disclosed herein, to a subject before signs of the diseases are detectable in the subject (for example, administration of a compound disclosed herein to a subject in the absence of a detectable syndrome of the disorder). The subject may be an individual at risk of developing the disorder. The terms encompass the inhibition or reduction of a symptom of the particular disease. Patients with familial history of a disease in particular are candidates for preventive regimens in certain embodiments. In addition, patients who have a history of recurring symptoms are also potential candidates for the prevention. In this regard, the term “prevention” may be interchangeably used with the term “prophylactic treatment.”
  • a “prophylactically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to prevent a disease or disorder, or prevent its recurrence.
  • a prophylactically effective amount of a compound means an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other agents, which provides a prophylactic benefit in the prevention of the disease.
  • the term “prophylactically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall prophylaxis or enhances the prophylactic efficacy of another prophylactic agent.
  • the terms “manage,” “managing,” and “management” refer to preventing or slowing the progression, spread or worsening of a disease or disorder, or of one or more symptoms associated with the disease or disorder. In one embodiment, such symptoms are those known to a person of skill in the art to be associated with the disease or disorder being managed. Often, the beneficial effects that a subject derives from a prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent do not result in a cure of the disease or disorder. In this regard, the term “managing” encompasses treating a patient who had suffered from the particular disease in an attempt to prevent or minimize the recurrence of the disease.
  • the various PANSS factors terms (P01) delusions, (P02) conceptual disorganization, (P03) hallucinations, (P04) excitement, (P05) grandiosity, (P06) suspiciousness/persecution, and (P07) hostility, (N01) blunted affect, (N02) emotional withdrawal, (N03) poor rapport, (N04) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, (N05) difficulty in abstract thinking, (N06) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, and (N07) stereotyped thinking, (G01) somatic concern, (G02) anxiety, (G03) guilt feelings, (G04) tension, (G05) mannerisms and posturing, (G06) depression, (G07) motor retardation, (G08) uncooperativeness, (G09) unusual thought content, (G10) disorientation, (G11) poor attention, (G12) lack of judgment and insight, (G13) disturbance of volition, (G14) poor impulse
  • the general psychopathology factors are (G01) somatic concern, (G02) anxiety, (G03) guilt feelings, (G04) tension, (G05) mannerisms and posturing, (G06) depression, (G07) motor retardation, (G08) uncooperativeness, (G09) unusual thought content, (G10) disorientation, (G11) poor attention, (G12) lack of judgment and insight, (G13) disturbance of volition, (G14) poor impulse control, (G15) preoccupation, and (G16) active social avoidance.
  • the Marder PANSS factor domains are positive, disorganized, affective, hostility, and negative.
  • the Marder PANSS factor domain of negative comprises two subdomains: apathy/avolition and deficit of expression.
  • the Marder PANSS factor domain of affective comprises two subdomains: depression and anxiety.
  • an untransformed Marder PANSS positive factor is based on the Marder PANSS positive factor domain comprised of PANSS factors: (P01) delusions, (P03) hallucinatory behavior, (P05) grandiosity, (P06) suspiciousness/persecution, (N07) stereotyped thinking, (G01) somatic concern, (G09) unusual thought content, and (G12) lack of judgment and insight.
  • an untransformed Marder PANSS disorganized factor is based on the Marder PANSS disorganized factor domain comprised of PANSS factors: (P02) conceptual disorganization, (N05) difficulty in abstract thinking, (G05) mannerisms and posturing, (G10) disorientation, (G11) poor attention, (G13) disturbance of volition, and (G15) preoccupation.
  • an untransformed Marder PANSS affective factor is based on the Marder PANSS affective factor domain comprised of PANSS factors: (G02) anxiety, (G03) guilt feelings, (G04) tension, and (G06) depression.
  • an untransformed Marder PANSS hostility factor is based on the Marder PANSS hostility factor domain comprised of PANSS factors: (P04) excitement, (P07) hostility, (G08) uncooperativeness, and (G14) poor impulse control.
  • an untransformed Marder PANSS negative factor is based on the Marder PANSS negative factor domain comprised of PANSS factors: (N01) blunted affect, (N02) emotional withdrawal, (N03) poor rapport, (N04) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, (N06) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, (G07) motor retardation, and (G16) active social avoidance.
  • an untransformed Marder PANSS depression subdomain factor is based on the PANSS factors: (G03) guilt feelings, and (G06) depression.
  • an untransformed Marder PANSS anxiety subdomain factor is based on the PANSS factors: (G02) anxiety, and (G04) tension.
  • an untransformed Marder PANSS apathy/avolition subdomain factor is based on the PANSS factors: (N02) emotional withdrawal, (N04) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, and (G16) active social avoidance.
  • an untransformed Marder PANSS deficit of expression subdomain factor is based on the PANSS factors: (N01) blunted affect, (N03) poor rapport, (N06) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, and (G07) motor retardation.
  • an untransformed Marder PANSS factor is also referred to herein simply as a PANSS factor, or untransformed PANSS factor, as will be evident to those of ordinary skill in the art based on context.
  • the terms “psychosis,” “schizophrenia,” “blunted affect,” “emotional withdrawal,” “poor rapport,” “passive/apathetic social withdrawal,” “difficulty in abstract thinking,” “lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation,” “stereotyped thinking,” “delusions,” “conceptual disorganization,” “hallucinations,” “excitement,” “grandiosity,” “suspiciousness/persecution,” “hostility,” and other CNS or neurological disorders or symptoms described herein elsewhere are used herein in a manner consistent with their accepted meanings in the art. See, e.g., Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5 th Ed., American Psychiatric Association (2013) (DSM-VTM).
  • seizure refers to a neurological disorder and may be used interchangeably with “convulsion,” although there are many types of seizure, some of which have subtle or mild symptoms instead of convulsions.
  • seizure as used herein is intended to encompass “convulsion.”
  • seizures may be caused by disorganized and sudden electrical activity in the brain.
  • convulsions are a rapid and uncontrollable shaking during which the muscles contract and relax repeatedly.
  • the term “affective disorder” includes depression, attention deficit disorder, attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity, bipolar disorder, and manic disorder, and the like.
  • depression includes all forms of depression, including, but not limited to, major depressive disorder (MDD) or unipolar depressive disorder, dysthymia, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), and bipolar depressive disorder.
  • MDD major depressive disorder
  • SAD seasonal affective disorder
  • bipolar depressive disorder “Major depressive disorder” is used herein interchangeably with “unipolar depression”, “unipolar depressive disorder”, and “major depression.” “Depression” may also include any condition commonly associated with depression, such as all forms of fatigue (e.g., chronic fatigue syndrome) and cognitive deficits.
  • alkyl refers to a linear or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical, wherein the alkyl may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents.
  • the alkyl is a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical that has 1 to 20 (C 1-20 ), 1 to 15 (C 1-15 ), 1 to 12 (C 1-12 ), 1 to 10 (C 1-10 ), or 1 to 6 (C 1-6 ) carbon atoms, or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 20 (C 3-20 ), 3 to 15 (C 3-15 ), 3 to 12 (C 3-12 ), 3 to 10 (C 3-10 ), or 3 to 6 (C 3-6 ) carbon atoms.
  • linear C 1-6 and branched C 3-6 alkyl groups are also referred as “lower alkyl.”
  • alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, and t-butyl), pentyl (including all isomeric forms), and hexyl (including all isomeric forms).
  • C 1-6 alkyl refers to a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere.
  • alkenyl refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one to five, carbon-carbon double bonds. The alkenyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • alkenyl also encompasses radicals having “cis” and “trans” configurations, or alternatively, “E” and “Z” configurations, as appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • C 2-6 alkenyl refers to a linear unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl is a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 20 (C 2-20 ), 2 to 15 (C 2 -15), 2 to 12 (C 2-12 ), 2 to 10 (C 2-10 ), or 2 to 6 (C 2-6 ) carbon atoms, or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 20 (C 3-20 ), 3 to 15 (C 3-15 ), 3 to 12 (C 3-12 ), 3 to 10 (C 3-10 ), or 3 to 6 (C 3-6 ) carbon atoms.
  • alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propen-1-yl, propen-2-yl, allyl, butenyl, and 4-methylbutenyl.
  • the alkenyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere.
  • alkynyl refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one to five, carbon-carbon triple bonds.
  • the alkynyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • the alkynyl is a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 20 (C 2-20 ), 2 to 15 (C 2-15 ), 2 to 12 (C 2-12 ), 2 to 10 (C 2-10 ), or 2 to 6 (C 2-6 ) carbon atoms, or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 20 (C 3-20 ), 3 to 15 (C 3-15 ), 3 to 12 (C 3-12 ), 3 to 10 (C 3-10 ), or 3 to 6 (C 3-6 ) carbon atoms.
  • alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (—C ⁇ CH) and propargyl (—CH 2 C ⁇ CH).
  • C 2-6 alkynyl refers to a linear unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkynyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a cyclic fully or partially saturated bridged and/or non-bridged hydrocarbon radical or ring system, which may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
  • the cycloalkyl has from 3 to 20 (C 3-20 ), from 3 to 15 (C 3-15 ), from 3 to 12 (C 3-12 ), from 3 to 10 (C 3-10 ), or from 3 to 7 (C 3-7 ) carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, decalinyl, and adamantyl.
  • the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere.
  • heteroalkyl refers to a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one or more, in one embodiment, one to three, heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, Si, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom can optionally be quaternized.
  • the heteroatom(s) O, N and S can be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group.
  • the heteroatom Si can be placed at any position of the heteroalkyl group (e.g., interior or terminal position), including the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule.
  • Examples include, but are not limited to, —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —NH—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—CH 3 , —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —S(O)—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —S(O) 2 —CH 3 , —CH ⁇ CH—O—CH 3 , —Si(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH ⁇ N—OCH 3 , and —CH ⁇ CH—N(CH 3 )—CH 3 .
  • heteroalkyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere.
  • alkoxyl refers to a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one or more, in one embodiment, one to three, O atoms.
  • alkoxyl include, but are not limited to, —O—CH 3 , —O—CF 3 , —O—CH 2 —CH 3 , —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 , —O—CH—(CH 3 ) 2 , and —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 3 .
  • the alkoxyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere.
  • aminoalkyl refers to a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one or more, in one embodiment, one to three, N atoms.
  • Examples of aminoalkyl include, but are not limited to, —NH—CH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —NH—CH 2 —CH 3 , —N(CH 3 )—CH 2 —CH 3 , —NH—CH—(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —NH—CH 3 , and —CH 2 —CH 2 —N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • the aminoalkyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere. In various embodiments, the aminoalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • aryl refers to an optionally substituted monocyclic or multicyclic radical or ring system that contains at least one aromatic hydrocarbon ring. In certain embodiments, the aryl has from 6 to 20, from 6 to 15, or from 6 to 10 ring atoms. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, fluorenyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, pyrenyl, biphenyl, and terphenyl.
  • aryl also refers to bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic carbon rings, where one of the rings is aromatic and the other(s) of the rings may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic, for example, dihydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl (tetralinyl).
  • aryl may be a bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, where at least one of the rings is aromatic and one or more of the ring(s) is/are saturated or partially unsaturated containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N.
  • the aryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described herein elsewhere.
  • arylalkyl or “aralkyl” refers to a monovalent alkyl group substituted with aryl.
  • Example of aralkyl includes, but is not limited to, benzyl.
  • both alkyl and aryl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described herein elsewhere.
  • cycloalkylalkyl refers to a monovalent alkyl group substituted with cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, both the alkyl and cycloalkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described herein elsewhere.
  • heteroaryl refers to an optionally substituted monocyclic or multicyclic radical or ring system which contains at least one aromatic ring having one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N.
  • each ring of a heteroaryl group can contain one or two O atoms, one or two S atoms, and/or one to four N atoms, provided that the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom.
  • the heteroaryl has from 5 to 20, from 5 to 15, or from 5 to 10 ring atoms.
  • heteroaryl also refers to bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic rings, where one of the rings is aromatic having one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N, and the other(s) of the rings may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic and may be carbocyclic or contain one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N.
  • monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, furanyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, and triazolyl.
  • bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, furopyridyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazothiazolyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isobenzothienyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxazolopyridinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyridopyridyl, pyrrolopyridyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, thiadiazolopyrimi
  • tricyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, acridinyl, benzindolyl, carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, and xanthenyl.
  • the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described herein elsewhere.
  • heterocycloalkyl refers to an optionally substituted monocyclic or multicyclic radical or ring system which contains at least one non-aromatic ring having one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N, and the remaining ring atoms are carbon atoms.
  • the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkyl group has from 3 to 20, from 3 to 15, from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, from 4 to 7, or from 5 to 6 ring atoms.
  • the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkyl is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, which may include a fused or bridged ring system, and in which the nitrogen or sulfur atoms may be optionally oxidized, the nitrogen atoms may be optionally quaternized, the ring carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with oxo, and some rings may be partially or fully saturated, or aromatic.
  • the heterocycloalkyl or heterocyclyl may be attached to the main structure at a heteroatom or a carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable compound.
  • Examples include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, benzodioxanyl, benzodioxolyl, benzofuranonyl, benzopyranonyl, benzopyranyl, benzotetrahydrofuranyl, benzotetrahydrothienyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzoxazinyl, ⁇ -carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromonyl, cinnolinyl, coumarinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, dihydrobenzisothiazinyl, dihydrobenzisoxazinyl, dihydrofuryl, dihydroisoindolyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyridinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl, dioxolanyl, 1,4-dithianyl, furanony
  • the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkyl ring contains one or more O
  • the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkyl may also be referred to as “cycloalkoxyl.”
  • the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described herein elsewhere.
  • halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • hydrogen encompasses proton ( 1 H), deuterium (2H), tritium (3H), and/or mixtures thereof.
  • one or more positions occupied by hydrogen may be enriched with deuterium and/or tritium.
  • isotopically enriched analogs may be prepared from suitable isotopically labeled starting material obtained from a commercial source or prepared using known literature procedures.
  • the term “optionally substituted” is intended to mean that a group, such as an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, may be substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from, e.g., (a) C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q 1 ; and (b) halo, cyano (—CN), nitro (—NO 2 ), —C(O)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(O)NR
  • each Q 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) cyano, halo, and nitro; and (b) C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and (c) —C(O)R e , —C(O)OR e , —C(O)NR f R g , —C(NR e )NR f R g , —OR e , —OC(O)R e , —OC(O)OR e , —OC(O)NR f R g , —OC( ⁇ NR e )NR f R g , —OS(O)R e , —OS(O) 2 R e , —OS(O)NR f R g , —OS(O)R
  • the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic acids and organic acids.
  • suitable non-toxic acids include inorganic and organic acids, such as, including but not limited to, acetic, alginic, anthranilic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethenesulfonic, formic, fumaric, furoic, gluconic, glutamic, glucorenic, galacturonic, glycidic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, propionic, phosphoric, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, sulfuric, tartaric acid, and p-toluenes
  • solvate refers to a compound provided herein or a salt thereof, which further includes a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount of solvent bound by non-covalent intermolecular forces. Where the solvent is water, the solvate is a hydrate.
  • stereoisomer encompasses all enantiomerically/diastereomerically/stereomerically pure and enantiomerically/diastereomerically/stereomerically enriched compounds provided herein.
  • stereomerically pure means a composition that comprises one stereoisomer of a compound and is substantially free of other stereoisomers of that compound.
  • a stereomerically pure composition of a compound having one chiral center will be substantially free of the opposite enantiomer of the compound.
  • a stereomerically pure composition of a compound having two chiral centers will be substantially free of other diastereomers of the compound.
  • a typical stereomerically pure compound comprises greater than about 80% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 20% by weight of other stereoisomers of the compound, greater than about 90% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 10% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, greater than about 95% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 5% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, greater than about 97% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 3% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, or greater than about 99% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 1% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound.
  • stereomerically enriched means a composition that comprises greater than about 55% by weight of one stereoisomer of a compound, greater than about 60% by weight of one stereoisomer of a compound, greater than about 70% by weight, or greater than about 80% by weight of one stereoisomer of a compound.
  • the term “enantiomerically pure” means a stereomerically pure composition of a compound having one chiral center.
  • enantiomerically enriched means a stereomerically enriched composition of a compound having one chiral center.
  • optically active and “enantiomerically active” refer to a collection of molecules, which has an enantiomeric excess or diastereomeric excess of no less than about 50%, no less than about 70%, no less than about 80%, no less than about 90%, no less than about 91%, no less than about 92%, no less than about 93%, no less than about 94%, no less than about 95%, no less than about 96%, no less than about 97%, no less than about 98%, no less than about 99%, no less than about 99.5%, or no less than about 99.8%.
  • the compound comprises about 95% or more of the desired enantiomer or diastereomer and about 5% or less of the less preferred enantiomer or diastereomer based on the total weight of the racemate in question.
  • the prefixes R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s).
  • the (+) and ( ⁇ ) are used to denote the optical rotation of the compound, that is, the direction in which a plane of polarized light is rotated by the optically active compound.
  • the ( ⁇ ) prefix indicates that the compound is levorotatory, that is, the compound rotates the plane of polarized light to the left or counterclockwise.
  • the (+) prefix indicates that the compound is dextrorotatory, that is, the compound rotates the plane of polarized light to the right or clockwise.
  • the sign of optical rotation, (+) and ( ⁇ ) is not related to the absolute configuration of the molecule, R and S.
  • the term “about” or “approximately” means an acceptable error for a particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which depends in part on how the value is measured or determined. In certain embodiments, the term “about” or “approximately” means within 1, 2, 3, or 4 standard deviations. In certain embodiments, the term “about” or “approximately” means within 50%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, 0.1%, or 0.05% of a given value or range.
  • the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient,” “physiologically acceptable carrier,” or “physiologically acceptable excipient” refers to a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition, or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, solvent, or encapsulating material.
  • each component is “pharmaceutically acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of a pharmaceutical formulation, and suitable for use in contact with the tissue or organ of humans and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, immunogenicity, or other problems or complications, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • the present inventors have discovered methods which can be used to minimize the correlation or decorrelate the PANSS factors and thus ascertain the potential efficacy of a compound and/or treatment for a specific symptom of schizophrenia, and in various particular embodiments, the potential efficacy of a compound and/or treatment for a negative symptom of schizophrenia.
  • methods of the present inventions provide a solution to the problem of pseudospecificity, by validating orthogonal, minimally correlated measures of key clinical domains.
  • the analysis sample consisted of PANSS data derived from 5 similarly-designed, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 6-week treatment studies of lurasidone or active comparator for the treatment of patients with an acute exacerbation of schizophrenia.
  • placebo treated patients were pooled across all studies.
  • PANSS Analysis Study was also referred to as the “PANSS Analysis Study.”
  • dendrograms were calculated using correlations between items at baseline, and separately using correlations between items in change post baseline. Items with more correlation were considered more closely related and were shown with shorter pairwise branch distances in a dendrogram. Dendrograms were calculated based on the unweighted average distance method in MATLAB R2016a2, and using a distance metric of 1 ⁇ r 2 , where r is the Pearson correlation between two items.
  • FIG. 1 presents the correlation matrix heat map of PANSS item scores calculated for all patients at baseline.
  • the baseline correlation matrix identified substantial correlations among PANSS items.
  • a dendrogram of baseline symptoms was plotted using the correlation matrix as a distance metric.
  • the dendrogram of FIG. 1 (far right), displays clustering of related items according to the distance metric 1 ⁇ r 2 , where closely related items are more correlated than distantly related items (x-axis). Clusters of items visible as 5 major branches in the dendrogram were identified as 5 domains of psychopathology. The branches are labeled according to the clustering of items.
  • the change-from-baseline was then examined in the 30 PANSS items.
  • the correlation matrix identified substantial correlations among individual PANSS item change scores.
  • a second dendrogram of the PANSS item change scores was plotted to identify clustering of related items using the correlation matrix of change scores as a distance metric, shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the dendrogram of FIG. 2 suggested that change-from-baseline in PANSS items exhibited a clustering that was similar to that observed for PANSS items at baseline.
  • the same two distinct subfactors (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression) were evident in both change-from-baseline, and at baseline.
  • Table 1 shows the Pearson's correlation coefficients between the Marder PANSS factors, where the following abbreviations are used: POS, positive symptoms; DIS, disorganized thoughts; Neg, negative symptoms; Hos/Exc, hostility/excitement; Anx/Dep, anxiety/depression; Tot, total.
  • the present inventors have discovered methods which can be used to minimize the correlation or decorrelate PANSS factors.
  • the present inventions provide orthogonal, minimally correlated measures of severity across key symptom domains and/or patient sub-populations, which, for example, could be used by clinicians to more clearly delineate the efficacy of drugs in treating symptom domain, symptom sub-domains and/or patient sub-populations (e.g. patients with symptoms prominently in a specific symptom sub-domain or sub-domains).
  • the methods provide transformed PANSS factor score estimates by differentially weighting each PANSS item to optimize its contribution to the relevant factor, while minimizing the contribution of the item to other PANSS factors.
  • a score matrix also referred to herein as an Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix, abbreviated UPSM
  • UPSM Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix
  • the methods transform a PANSS data set comprising 30 PANSS factors (see. e.g., Table 4A, column 8, and Table 4B) to produce a data set described by 7 transformed PANSS factors.
  • the PANSS factors are as listed in Table 4B and the score matrix portion of Table 4A is used to transform the PANSS data substantially as follows:
  • [PANSS Data] (N ⁇ 30) is a matrix with N PANSS assessments and 30 columns for 30 PANSS factors to be transformed;
  • [UPSM] (30 ⁇ 7) is a matrix with 30 rows (one for each PANSS item) and 7 columns (one for each of the 7 Transformed PANSS Factors);
  • [Transformed PANSS Factor Data] (N ⁇ 7) is the transformed matrix with N PANSS assessments in the 7 columns for 7 Transformed PANSS factors.
  • the coefficients of the uncorrelated PANSS score matrix are used to transform individual PANSS assessments (ratings expressed either as change from baseline, or as absolute ratings) to reduce 30 items into 7 factor scores (transformed PANSS factor scores) for each PANSS assessment.
  • Each column of the UPSM contains coefficients to multiply the corresponding item scores of PANSS.
  • a score matrix for any set of PANSS factors is determined by a maximum likelihood factor analysis upon a matrix of untransformed factors followed by an orthogonal rotation, e.g. a varimax rotation, to produce the score matrix.
  • Communalities greater than 1 in the maximum likelihood factor analysis are compensated for using Heywood criteria (that is, communalities greater than 1 are set to 1, thus no communality is allowed to exceed 1) without a limit on the number of factors produced.
  • maximum likelihood factor analysis can have issues with commonalities (which can arise from the interactive way in which communalities are estimated), in addition, maximum likelihood factor analysis is far more computationally intensive than principal factor analysis by two or more orders of magnitude. Further, it is to be understood that rotating a set of factors does not change the statistical explanatory power of the factors. Therefore, there is no a prior choice for orthogonal rotation and choice of rotation cannot be based on statistical grounds. However, the inventors have unexpectedly discovered that a UPSM generated by maximum likelihood factor analysis with a varimax rotation, despite issues communalities has general applicability as further discussed in the Examples.
  • the UPSM of Table 4A was generated from PANSS data derived from the 5 similarly-designed, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 6-week treatment studies of lurasidone or active comparator for the treatment of patients with an acute exacerbation of schizophrenia described above (the PANSS Analysis Study) and discussed in the context of Table 1 and FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 .
  • Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM) of FIG. 4 and Table 4A was derived using PROC FACTOR procedure of SAS 9.4 with maximum likelihood method (maximum likelihood factor analysis), rotated using the varimax algorithm and compensated for communality greater than 1 using Heywood criteria without a limit on the number of factors produced.
  • LOCF last observation carried forward
  • the ratings of 30 items in the PANSS data of the PANSS Analysis Study were transformed to transformed PANSS factor scores using a score matrix identified by the maximum likelihood method factor analysis conducted on all change from baseline PANSS data from the 5 short-term clinical trials in the pooled analysis sample.
  • the score matrix also referred to here as the UPSM, consisted of coefficients multiplying the numerical ratings of each PANSS item differentially for each of the factor scores.
  • the change-from-baseline PANSS data for all patients and all observations N was a matrix of dimensions (N observations ⁇ 30 items). To increase precision, the score matrix coefficients were determined using all change-from-baseline observations at Weeks 1-6.
  • the resultant score matrix (30 items ⁇ 7 factors), or UPSM, was used to transform individual PANSS item change scores (without standardization) to reduce the dimensionality into 7-factor values for each PANSS assessment.
  • FIG. 4 and Table 4A summarize the score matrix (UPSM) weights for individual PANSS items used to generate the transformed PANSS factors.
  • the weighted score matrix transformation was performed on each of the PANSS item baseline-to-endpoint change scores. This transformation yielded 5 transformed PANSS factors that corresponded to the Marder PANSS factors, with two of the factors (negative symptoms and depression/anxiety) further subdivided into sub-factors (corresponding to the symptom sub-domains of: apathy/avolition and deficit of expression; and depression and anxiety, respectively).
  • Each transformed PANSS factor corresponded preferentially with each of the Marder PANSS factors, as illustrated in Table 2.
  • the transformed PANSS factor for negative, disorganized, and hostile symptoms were each preferentially correlated with their respective Marder PANSS factors.
  • the transformed PANSS factors resulted in a marked reduction in correlations between the different factors when compared to the substantial correlations observed between the Marder PANSS factors, see for example Table 1.
  • the off-diagonal item correlations evident in the Marder PANSS factors were substantially reduced in the transformed PANSS factor correlations (see Table 3).
  • Table 3 the orthogonality of the transformed PANSS factors is evidenced by the lower correlations between the transformed PANSS factors when compared with the higher off-diagonal correlations of the Marder PANSS factors shown in Table 1.
  • the present inventions utilize existing PANSS data and transform that data with score matrix weighting coefficients to generate transformed PANSS factors with minimal between-factor correlation (enhanced orthogonality) while preserving the correspondence to Marder PANSS factors.
  • a drug has potential efficacy for the treatment for a specific symptom of schizophrenia, and in various particular embodiments, the potential efficacy of a compound for treatment of a negative symptom of schizophrenia.
  • the present inventions utilize existing PANSS data and transform that data with score matrix weighting coefficients to generate transformed PANSS factors with minimal between-factor correlation (enhanced orthogonality) while preserving the correspondence to Marder PANSS factors.
  • a drug has potential efficacy for the treatment for a specific symptom of schizophrenia, and in various particular embodiments, the potential efficacy of a compound for treatment of a negative symptom of schizophrenia.
  • POS means positive symptoms
  • DIS means disorganized thoughts
  • NAA means negative symptoms of apathy/avolition
  • NDE means negative symptom of deficit of expression
  • HOS means hostility
  • ANX means anxiety
  • DEP means depression.
  • Table 4B provides the PANSS item names for the 30 PANSS factors transformed.
  • PANSS Factor (Item) Names PANSS Factor PANSS FACTOR NAME 01 P01 DELUSIONS 02 P02 CONCEPTUAL DISORGANIZATION 03 P03 HALLUCINATORY BEHAVIOR 04 P04 EXCITEMENT 05 P05 GRANDIOSITY 06 P06 SUSPICIOUSNESS/PERSECUTION 07 P07 HOSTILITY 08 N01 BLUNTED AFFECT 09 N02 EMOTIONAL WITHDRAWAL 10 N03 POOR RAPPORT 11 N04 PASSIVE/APATHETIC SOCIAL WITHDRAWAL 12 N05 DIFFICULTY IN ABSTRACT THINKING 13 N06 LACK OF SPONTANEITY AND FLOW OF CONVERSATION 14 N07 STEREOTYPED THINKING 15 G01 SOMATIC CONCERN 16 G02 ANXIETY 17 G03 GUILT FEELINGS 18 G04 TENSION 19 G05 MANNERISMS AND POSTURING 20 G06 DEPRESSION 21 G07 MOTOR RETARD
  • provided herein are methods of identifying subjects with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom prominently in a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, or both.
  • methods of identifying compounds with potential efficacy in the treatment of the negative symptoms In various embodiments, provided herein are methods of identifying subjects with prominently negative symptoms, and methods of treating such subjects comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • methods for identifying subjects with prominently positive, prominently hostile, prominently disorganized, prominently affective, or prominently negative symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • the methods comprise treating the positive symptom domain of a subject with prominently positive symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • the methods comprise treating the hostile symptom domain of a subject with prominently hostile symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • the methods comprise treating the disorganized symptom domain of a subject with prominently disorganized symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • the methods comprise treating the affective symptom domain of a subject with prominently affective symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • the methods comprise treating one or more of the apathy/avolition sub-domain and the deficit of expression sub-domain of a subject with prominently affective symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • the methods comprise treating the negative symptom domain of a subject with prominently negative symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • the methods comprise treating one or more of the depression sub-domain and the anxiety sub-domain of a subject with prominently negative symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • subjects can be classified using the UPSM (score matrix) (see FIG. 4 and Table 4A) on the PANSS factors assessed at baseline (“BL”) to produce transformed PANSS factors from which subject classification can be made.
  • subject PANSS scores are transformed using a score matrix (see FIG. 4 and Table 4A) and clustering the subjects by k-means to identify distinct clusters, each characterized by distinctly prominent baseline transformed PANSS factor scores.
  • a SVM Small Vector Machine
  • a liner support vector machine classifier is determined substantially as follow, where the score matrix (e.g. UPSM) transforms PANSS data into seven factors.
  • the score matrix e.g. UPSM
  • For each cluster in the trainer data transformed PANSS factors, calculate all possible distance between each Cartesian coordinate point within the cluster and outside the cluster, where the number of Cartesian coordinate points is equal to the number of transformed factors.
  • the PANSS factor data is transformed into seven transformed PANSS factors so the coordinate points a 7D (seven dimensional).
  • d k ( a i - a j ) 2 + ( b i - b j ) 2 + ( c i - c j ) 2 + ( d i - d j ) 2 + ( e i - e j ) 2 + ( f i - f j ) 2 + ( g i - g j ) 2
  • the process continues with the selection of two of the coordinate points, for example purposes called A and B, that give the give a minimum distance, min (d k ), where point A is within the cluster and point B is outside the cluster.
  • a hyperplane (of one less dimension than the coordinate dimension, here a 6D hyperplane) is determined where all the points on the hyperplane are equidistant from A and B. That is, if P is on the hyperplane,
  • the 7 axis of the 7D Cartesian coordinate system (or N axis for an N dimensional coordinate system, e.g., a 5 axis for a 5D coordinate system) along with the 7 hyperplanes (or N hyperplanes for an N dimensional coordinate system) that separate each cluster give the margins (boundaries) of each cluster.
  • These cluster margins complete the training, or cluster margin, and thus classifier determination, for, in this example, Linear SVM.
  • any new Cartesian coordinate i.e. transformed PANSS factor vector, that is the seven transformed PANSS factors of a given subject, can be classified into the clusters based on the cluster margins so defined.
  • a comparison of transformed PANSS symptom domain score is used to determine which symptom domain is prominent. In various embodiments, the symptom domain with the highest domain score is determined to be prominent.
  • methods for treating positive domain symptoms of schizophrenia in a subject comprise administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat a positive domain symptom.
  • methods for treating hostile domain symptoms of schizophrenia in a subject comprise administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat a hostile domain symptom.
  • methods for treating disorganized domain symptoms of schizophrenia in a subject comprise administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat a disorganized domain symptom.
  • methods for treating affective domain symptoms of schizophrenia in a subject comprise administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat a affective domain symptom.
  • provided herein are methods for treating one or more of the sub-domain symptoms of apathy/avolition and deficit of expression of the affective symptom domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat the one or more sub-domain symptoms.
  • provided herein are methods for treating negative domain symptoms of schizophrenia in a subject comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat a negative domain symptom.
  • provided herein are methods for treating one or more of the sub-domain symptoms of depression and anxiety of the negative symptom domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat the one or more sub-domain symptoms.
  • the efficacious concentration of a compound provided herein is less than 10 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 1 ⁇ M, less than 10 ⁇ M, less than 100 ⁇ M, or less than 1 mM.
  • a compound's activity may be assessed in various art-recognized animal models.
  • a method of effecting a therapeutic effect as described herein elsewhere comprises administering to a subject (e.g., a mammal) a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a compound or composition provided herein.
  • a subject e.g., a mammal
  • the particular therapeutic effects may be measured using any model system known in the art or described herein, such as those involving an animal model of schizophrenia.
  • the particular therapeutic effects are measured using transformed PANSS total scores as provided herein. In various embodiments, the particular therapeutic effects are measured using transformed PANSS domain scores as provided herein. In various embodiments where the therapeutic effect of a therapeutic agent on a symptom domain (and/or sub-domain) is being measured, the transformed PANSS score for that domain (and/or sub-domain) is used to measure the therapeutic effect. For example, in various embodiments where the therapeutic effect of a therapeutic agent on a negative symptom domain is being measured, the negative domain transformed PANSS score is used. As is understood in the art, when using PANSS scores to assess therapeutic effect, scores after treatment are compared to the corresponding baseline score.
  • the untransformed PANSS score total is used to measure the therapeutic effect of a therapeutic agent. In various preferred embodiments, the untransformed PANSS score total is used to assess the therapeutic effect of a therapeutic agent used in a method to treat a subject with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom prominently in a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, or both.
  • provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently positive schizophrenia domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • the transformed PANSS positive domain score comprises PANSS factors (P01) delusions, (P03) hallucinatory behavior, (P05) grandiosity, and (P06) suspiciousness/persecution.
  • the subject exhibits a prominently positive schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the positive domain comprises PANSS factors (P01) delusions, (P03) hallucinatory behavior, (P05) grandiosity, and (P06) suspiciousness/persecution, and the domain score is greater than 2.5, greater than about 3.8, greater than about 5.1, and/or greater than about 6.3.
  • the transformed PANSS positive domain score comprises PANSS factors (P01) delusions, (P03) hallucinatory behavior, (P05) grandiosity, (P06) suspiciousness/persecution, (N07) stereotyped thinking, (G01) somatic concern, (G09) unusual thought content and (G12) lack of judgement and insight.
  • the subject exhibits a prominently positive schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the positive domain comprises PANSS factors (P01) delusions, (P03) hallucinatory behavior, (P05) grandiosity, (P06) suspiciousness/persecution, (N07) stereotyped thinking, (G01) somatic concern, (G09) unusual thought content and (G12) lack of judgement and insight, and the domain score is greater than 2.4, greater than about 3.6, greater than about 4.8, and/or greater than about 6.0.
  • PANSS factors P01) delusions, (P03) hallucinatory behavior, (P05) grandiosity, (P06) suspiciousness/persecution, (N07) stereotyped thinking, (G01) somatic concern, (G09) unusual thought content and (G12) lack of judgement and insight
  • the domain score is greater than 2.4, greater than about 3.6, greater than about 4.8, and/or greater than about 6.0.
  • provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently disorganized schizophrenia domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • the transformed PANSS disorganized domain score comprises PANSS factors (P02) conceptual disorganization, (N05) difficulty in abstract thinking, (N07) stereotyped thinking, (G09) unusual thought content and (G12) lack of judgement and insight, (G11) poor attention, (G13) disturbance of volition, and (G15) preoccupation.
  • the subject exhibits a prominently disorganized schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the disorganized domain comprises PANSS factors (P02) conceptual disorganization, (N05) difficulty in abstract thinking, (N07) stereotyped thinking, (G09) unusual thought content and (G12) lack of judgement and insight, (G11) poor attention, (G13) disturbance of volition, and (G15) preoccupation, and the domain score is greater than 2.6, greater than about 4.0, greater than about 5.3, and/or greater than about 6.7.
  • PANSS factors P02
  • conceptual disorganization PANSS factors
  • N05 difficulty in abstract thinking
  • N07 stereotyped thinking
  • G09 unusual thought content
  • G12 lack of judgement and insight
  • G11 poor attention
  • G13 disturbance of volition
  • preoccupation and the domain score is greater than 2.6, greater than about 4.0, greater than about 5.3, and/or greater than about 6.7.
  • the transformed PANSS disorganized domain score comprises PANSS factors (P02) conceptual disorganization, (N05) difficulty in abstract thinking, (G05) mannerisms and posturing, (G10) disorientation, (G11) poor attention, (G13) disturbance of volition, and (G15) preoccupation.
  • the subject exhibits a prominently disorganized schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the disorganized domain comprises PANSS factors (P02) conceptual disorganization, (N05) difficulty in abstract thinking, (G05) mannerisms and posturing, (G10) disorientation, (G11) poor attention, (G13) disturbance of volition, and (G15) preoccupation, and the domain score is greater than 2.1, greater than about 3.2, greater than about 4.3, and/or greater than about 5.4.
  • PANSS factors P02
  • conceptual disorganization PANSS factors
  • N05 difficulty in abstract thinking
  • G05 mannerisms and posturing
  • G10 disorientation disorientation
  • G11 poor attention
  • G13 disturbance of volition
  • preoccupation and the domain score is greater than 2.1, greater than about 3.2, greater than about 4.3, and/or greater than about 5.4.
  • provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently affective schizophrenia domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • the transformed PANSS affective domain score comprises PANSS factors (G02) anxiety, (G03) guilt feelings, (G04) tension, and (G06) depression.
  • the subject exhibits a prominently disorganized schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the disorganized domain comprises PANSS factors G02) anxiety, (G03) guilt feelings, (G04) tension, and (G06) depression, and the domain score is greater than 1.5, greater than about 2.3, greater than about 3.1, and/or greater than about 3.9.
  • provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently anxiety schizophrenia sub-domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • the transformed PANSS anxiety schizophrenia sub-domain score comprises PANSS factors (G02) anxiety and (G04) tension.
  • provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently hostile schizophrenia domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • the transformed PANSS hostile domain score comprises PANSS factors (P04) excitement, (P07) hostility, (G08) uncooperativeness, and (G14) poor impulse control.
  • the subject exhibits a prominently disorganized schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the disorganized domain comprises PANSS factors, (P04) excitement, (P07) hostility, (G08) uncooperativeness, and (G14) poor impulse control, and the domain score is greater than 2.3, greater than about 3.5, greater than about 4.7, and/or greater than about 5.9.
  • provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently negative schizophrenia domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • the transformed PANSS negative domain score comprises PANSS factors (N01) blunted affect, (N02) emotional withdrawal, (N03) poor rapport, (N04) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, (N06) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, (G07) motor retardation, and (G16) active social avoidance.
  • the subject exhibits a prominently disorganized schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the disorganized domain comprises PANSS factors, (N01) blunted affect, (N02) emotional withdrawal, (N03) poor rapport, (N04) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, (N06) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, (G07) motor retardation, and (G16) active social avoidance, and the domain score is greater than 1.7, greater than about 2.5, greater than about 3.5, and/or greater than about 4.2.
  • PANSS score for the disorganized domain comprises PANSS factors, (N01) blunted affect, (N02) emotional withdrawal, (N03) poor rapport, (N04) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, (N06) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, (G07) motor retardation, and (G16) active social avoidance, and the domain score is greater than 1.7, greater than about 2.5, greater than about 3.5, and/or greater than about 4.2.
  • provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently apathy/avolition schizophrenia sub-domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • the transformed PANSS apathy/avolition schizophrenia sub-domain score comprises PANSS factors (N02) emotional withdrawal, (N04) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, and (G16) active social avoidance.
  • provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently deficit of expression schizophrenia sub-domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • the transformed PANSS deficit of expression schizophrenia sub-domain score comprises PANSS factors (N01) blunted affect, (N03) poor rapport, (N06) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, and (G07) motor retardation.
  • a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising administering an antipsychotic agent, wherein the subject is part of a schizophrenia sub-population as characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • the schizophrenia sub-population is selected from the group consisting of prominently positive, prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, prominently affective (depression/anxiety), prominently hostility/excitement, and prominently negative (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression).
  • the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently positive, prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, prominently affective (depression/anxiety), prominently hostility/excitement, or prominently negative (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression).
  • the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently positive. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently affective (depression/anxiety). In various embodiments, the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently hostility/excitement. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently negative (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression).
  • the subject is part of a schizophrenia sub-population selected from the group consisting of prominently positive, prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, prominently affective (depression/anxiety), prominently hostility/excitement, and prominently negative (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression).
  • the subject is part of a schizophrenia sub-population wherein the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently positive, prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, prominently affective (depression/anxiety), prominently hostility/excitement, or prominently negative (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression).
  • the subject is part of a prominently positive schizophrenia sub-population.
  • the subject is part of a prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction schizophrenia sub-population. In various embodiments, the subject is part of a prominently affective (depression/anxiety) schizophrenia sub-population. In various embodiments, the subject is part of a prominently hostility/excitement schizophrenia sub-population. In various embodiments, the subject is part of a prominently negative schizophrenia sub-population.
  • a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising administering an antipsychotic agent, wherein the subject preferentially exhibits a schizophrenia domain characterized a transformed PANSS score.
  • the schizophrenia domain is selected from the group consisting of positive symptoms, negative symptoms, disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, hostility/excitement, and affective (depression/anxiety).
  • the schizophrenia domain is positive symptoms, negative symptoms, disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, hostility/excitement, or depression/anxiety.
  • the schizophrenia domain is positive symptoms.
  • the schizophrenia domain is negative symptoms.
  • the schizophrenia domain is disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction.
  • the schizophrenia domain is hostility/excitement.
  • the schizophrenia domain is affective (depression/anxiety).
  • the subject preferentially exhibits a schizophrenia domain selected from the group consisting of positive symptoms, negative symptoms, disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, hostility/excitement, and depression/anxiety.
  • the subject preferentially exhibits a schizophrenia domain wherein the schizophrenia domain is positive symptoms, negative symptoms, disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, hostility/excitement, or depression/anxiety.
  • the subject preferentially exhibits positive symptoms.
  • the subject preferentially exhibits negative symptoms.
  • the subject preferentially exhibits disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction.
  • the subject preferentially exhibits hostility/excitement.
  • the subject preferentially exhibits affective (depression/anxiety).
  • a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising administering an antipsychotic agent, wherein the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain.
  • the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is selected from the group consisting of a positive domain, a hostile domain, a disorganized domain, an affective domain, and a negative domain.
  • the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is a positive domain, a hostile domain, a disorganized domain, an affective domain, or a negative domain.
  • the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is a positive domain.
  • the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is a hostile domain.
  • the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is a disorganized domain.
  • the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is an affective domain.
  • the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is a negative domain.
  • the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain selected from the group consisting of a positive domain, a hostile domain, a disorganized domain, an affective domain, and a negative domain. In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain wherein the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is a positive domain, a hostile domain, a disorganized domain, an affective domain, or a negative domain. In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia positive domain. In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia hostile domain. In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia disorganized domain. In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia affective domain. In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia negative domain.
  • a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising administering an antipsychotic agent, wherein the antipsychotic agent is determined by transformed PANSS.
  • a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising administering an antipsychotic agent, wherein the antipsychotic agent treats any one or more of positive symptoms, hostile symptoms, disorganized symptoms, affective symptoms, or negative symptoms.
  • a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising: (a) determining the subjects' PANSS score; (b) transforming the PANSS score to a transformed PANSS score using an Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM); and (c) administering an antipsychotic agent to the subject relative to the transformed PANSS score.
  • UPSM Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix
  • a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising: (a) determining the subjects' PANSS score; (b) transforming the PANSS score to a transformed PANSS score using an Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM); and (c) administering an antipsychotic agent to the subject relative to the transformed PANSS score, wherein the subject is part of a schizophrenia sub-population as characterized by transformed PANSS.
  • UPSM Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix
  • a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising: (a) determining the subjects' PANSS score; (b) transforming the PANSS score to a transformed PANSS score using an Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM); and (c) administering an antipsychotic agent to the subject relative to the transformed PANSS score, wherein the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain.
  • UPSM Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix
  • a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising: (a) determining the subjects' PANSS score; (b) transforming the PANSS score to a transformed PANSS score using an Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM); and (c) administering an antipsychotic agent to the subject relative to the transformed PANSS score, wherein: the subject is part of a schizophrenia sub-population as characterized by transformed PANSS, and the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain.
  • UPSM Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix
  • the transformed PANSS uses an Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM).
  • UPSM Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix
  • the Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix weights each PANSS factor rating individually across five domains selected from the group consisting of positive symptoms, negative symptoms, disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, hostility/excitement, and depression/anxiety.
  • provided herein are methods for treating specific symptoms, domains of symptoms and/or sub-domains of symptoms of schizophrenia in a subject comprising administering to the subject (e.g., a human) a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • the treatment, prevention, and/or management is done by administering a compound provided herein that has shown in vivo efficacy in an animal model predictive of antipsychotic activity in humans.
  • the phenotypic approach to develop antipsychotics has been used in psychopharmacology, with the antipsychotic chlorpromazine developed in this way.
  • the phenotypic approach may also offer advantages over compounds developed by traditional in vitro based drug discovery approach, because the compounds developed using the phenotypic approach have established pharmaceutical properties and in vivo activity, rather than activity toward a given molecular target, which may be less predictive and lead to attrition at later stages of, for example, clinical development.
  • a method of treating, preventing, and/or managing a neurological disorder including schizophrenia, schizophrenia spectrum disorder, acute schizophrenia, chronic schizophrenia, NOS schizophrenia, schizoid personality disorder, schizotypal personality disorder, delusional disorder, psychosis, psychotic disorder, brief psychotic disorder, shared psychotic disorder, psychotic disorder due to a general medical condition, drug-induced psychosis (e.g., cocaine, alcohol, amphetamine), psychoaffective disorder, aggression, delirium, Parkinson's psychosis, excitative psychosis, Tourette's syndrome, organic or NOS psychosis, seizure, agitation, post-traumatic stress disorder, behavior disorder, neurodegenerative disease, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, dyskinesias, Huntington's disease, dementia, mood disorder, anxiety, affective disorders (e.g., depression, e.g., major depressive disorder and dysthymia; bipolar disorder, e.g., biopolar depressive disorder; manic disorder;
  • drug-induced psychosis
  • provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, and/or managing a disorder related to psychosis, schizophrenia, ADHD, mood disorder or affective disorder such as depression and anxiety, comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of a compound provided herein.
  • the compounds provided herein may improve the gating deficits of DBA/2 mice seen in the pre-pulse inhibition (PPI) test and reverse the methamphe-tamine-induced hyperlocomotor activity.
  • the compounds provided herein may: 1) reverse the amphetamine-induced hyper-locomotor activity; 2) be useful as antipsychotic agents and dosed sparing; 3) improve attention and modulate impulsivity; 4) improve learning parameters in ADHD; 5) enhance learning ability and reduce anxiety in behavioral tests; and/or 6) have an anti-depressant effect.
  • Any suitable route of administration can be employed for providing the patient with a therapeutically or prophylactically effective dose of an active ingredient.
  • oral, mucosal e.g., nasal, sublingual, buccal, rectal, vaginal
  • parenteral e.g., intravenous, intramuscular
  • transdermal e.g., transdermal, and subcutaneous routes
  • routes of administration include oral, transdermal, and mucosal.
  • Suitable dosage forms for such routes include, but are not limited to, transdermal patches, ophthalmic solutions, sprays, and aerosols.
  • Transdermal compositions can also take the form of creams, lotions, and/or emulsions, which can be included in an appropriate adhesive for application to the skin or can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose.
  • An exemplary transdermal dosage form is a “reservoir type” or “matrix type” patch, which is applied to the skin and worn for a specific period of time to permit the penetration of a desired amount of active ingredient.
  • the patch can be replaced with a fresh patch when necessary to provide constant administration of the active ingredient to the patient.
  • the amount to be administered to a patient to treat, prevent, and/or manage the disorders described herein will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion or metabolism of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compound employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • a physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount required.
  • the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds employed at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
  • a suitable daily dose of a compound provided herein will be that amount of the compound which is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic or prophylactic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above.
  • oral, intravenous, intracerebroventricular and subcutaneous doses of the compounds provided herein for a patient will range from about 0.005 mg per kilogram to about 5 mg per kilogram of body weight per day.
  • the oral dose of a compound provided herein will range from about 10 mg to about 300 mg per day.
  • the oral dose of a compound provided herein will range from about 20 mg to about 250 mg per day.
  • the oral dose of a compound provided herein will range from about 100 mg to about 300 mg per day.
  • the oral dose of a compound provided herein will range from about 10 mg to about 100 mg per day. In another embodiment, the oral dose of a compound provided herein will range from about 25 mg to about 50 mg per day. In another embodiment, the oral dose of a compound provided herein will range from about 50 mg to about 200 mg per day.
  • Each of the above-recited dosage ranges may be formulated as a single or multiple unit dosage formulations.
  • the compounds disclosed herein may be used in combination with one or more second active agents to treat, prevent, and/or manage disorders described herein.
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (I):
  • one of X and Y is O, and the other is CH 2 ; or both X and Y are CH 2 ;
  • one of Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 is S; and (i) two of Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 are C; or (ii) one of Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 is C and one of Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 is N;
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH 2 ) p —R 8 , wherein R 8 is SO 2 alkyl or SO 2 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl;
  • R 3 and R 4 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH 2 ) p —R 9 , wherein R 9 is CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; or (iv) R 3 and R 1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and R 4 is (i) or (ii); or (v) R 3 and R 4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R 1 and/or R 2 and the atoms to which
  • R 5 is (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently (i) hydrogen, halo, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH 2 ) p —R 11 , wherein R 11 is CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, cycloalkoxyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl ring; with the proviso that when one of Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 is N, R 7 is absent;
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • each occurrence of p is independently 0, 1, or 2.
  • one of X and Y is O, and the other is CH 2 ; or both X and Y are CH 2 ;
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 are C, and one of Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 is S;
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH 2 ) p —R 8 , wherein R 8 is SO 2 alkyl or SO 2 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl;
  • R 3 and R 4 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH 2 ) p —R 9 , wherein R 9 is CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; or (iv) R 3 and R 1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and R 4 is (i) or (ii); or (v) R 3 and R 4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R 1 and/or R 2 and the atoms to which
  • R 5 is (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently (i) hydrogen, halo, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH 2 ) p —R 11 , wherein R 11 is CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, cycloalkoxyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl ring;
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • each occurrence of p is independently 0, 1, or 2.
  • X is O and Y is CH 2 . In one embodiment, X is CH 2 and Y is O. In one embodiment, both X and Y are CH 2 .
  • Z 1 is S. In one embodiment, Z 2 is S. In one embodiment, Z 3 is S. In one embodiment, Z 1 and Z 2 are C, and Z 3 is S. In one embodiment, Z 1 and Z 3 are C, and Z 2 is S. In one embodiment, Z 2 and Z 3 are C, and Z 1 is S. In one embodiment, Z 1 is N, Z 2 is C, and Z 3 is S. In one embodiment, Z 1 is C, Z 2 is N, and Z 3 is S. In one embodiment, Z 1 is N, Z 2 is S, and Z 3 is C. In one embodiment, Z 1 is C, Z 2 is S, and Z 3 is N. In one embodiment, Z 1 is S, Z 2 is N, and Z 3 is C. In one embodiment, Z 1 is S, Z 2 is C, and Z 3 is N. In one embodiment, Z 1 is S, Z 2 is C, and Z 3 is N. In one embodiment, when one of Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 is N, R 7 is absent and R 6 substitutes a carbon ring atom
  • R 1 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R 1 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is cycloalkyl.
  • R 1 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R 1 is aryl. In one embodiment, R 1 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is —(CH 2 ) p —SO 2 alkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 1 is —(CH 2 ) p —SO 2 alkyl. In one embodiment, R 1 is —(CH 2 ) p —SO 2 aryl, wherein the aryl is optionally substituted.
  • R 1 is —(CH 2 ) p —SO 2 aryl. In one embodiment, R 1 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with —SO 2 alkyl or —SO 2 aryl, each of which is further optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 1 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with —SO 2 alkyl or —SO 2 aryl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • R 2 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R 2 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is cycloalkyl.
  • R 2 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R 2 is aryl. In one embodiment, R 2 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is —(CH 2 ) p —SO 2 alkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 2 is —(CH 2 ) p —SO 2 alkyl. In one embodiment, R 2 is —(CH 2 ) p —SO 2 aryl, wherein the aryl is optionally substituted.
  • R 2 is —(CH 2 ) p —SO 2 aryl. In one embodiment, R 2 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with —SO 2 alkyl or —SO 2 aryl, each of which is further optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 2 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with —SO 2 alkyl or —SO 2 aryl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl. In one embodiment, R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heteroaryl.
  • R 3 and R 4 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH 2 ) p —R 9 , wherein R 9 is CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; or (iv) R 3 and R 1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and R 4 is (i) or (ii); or (v) R 3 and R 4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R 1 and the atoms to which they are are each other
  • R 3 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R 3 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is cycloalkyl.
  • R 3 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R 3 is aryl. In one embodiment, R 3 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is —(CH 2 ) p —CF 3 . In one embodiment, R 3 is —(CH 2 ) p —CN. In one embodiment, R 3 is —(CH 2 ) p -nitro. In one embodiment, R 3 is —(CH 2 ) p -amino, wherein the amino is optionally substituted.
  • R 3 is —(CH 2 ) p -amino. In one embodiment, R 3 is —(CH 2 ) p -hydroxyl, wherein the hydroxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 3 is —(CH 2 ) p -hydroxyl. In one embodiment, R 3 is —(CH 2 ) p -cycloalkoxyl, wherein the cycloalkoxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 3 is —(CH 2 ) p -cycloalkoxyl.
  • R 3 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is further optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 3 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • R 4 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R 4 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is cycloalkyl.
  • R 4 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R 4 is aryl. In one embodiment, R 4 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is —(CH 2 ) p —CF 3 . In one embodiment, R 4 is —(CH 2 ) p —CN. In one embodiment, R 4 is —(CH 2 ) p -nitro. In one embodiment, R 4 is —(CH 2 ) p -amino, wherein the amino is optionally substituted.
  • R 4 is —(CH 2 ) p -amino. In one embodiment, R 4 is —(CH 2 ) p -hydroxyl, wherein the hydroxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 4 is —(CH 2 ) p -hydroxyl. In one embodiment, R 4 is —(CH 2 ) p -cycloalkoxyl, wherein the cycloalkoxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 4 is —(CH 2 ) p -cycloalkoxyl.
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is further optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 4 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl.
  • R 3 and R 1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl
  • R 4 is (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH 2 ) p —R 9 , wherein R 9 is CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is optionally substituted.
  • R 3 and R 1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl
  • R 4 is (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl; or (ii) —(CH 2 ) p —R 9 , wherein R 9 is CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl.
  • R 3 and R 4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R 1 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., imidazole).
  • an optionally substituted heteroaryl e.g., imidazole
  • R 3 and R 4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R 1 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl
  • this embodiment could also be described as: one of R 3 and R 4 is absent and the other of R 3 and R 4 together with R 1 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., imidazole), which is substituted by R 2 (e.g., substituent on ring nitrogen atom).
  • R 3 and R 4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R 1 and the atoms to which they are attached form a heteroaryl.
  • the heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, benzimidazolyl, or indazolyl.
  • R 1 and R 2 are also combined to form a double bond and together with R 3 and R 4 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., thiazole).
  • R 1 and R 2 are also combined together to form a double bond and together with R 3 and R 4 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl
  • this embodiment could also be described as: one of R 3 and R 4 is absent and one of R 1 and R 2 is absent, and the other of R 3 and R 4 together with the other of R 1 and R 2 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., thiazole).
  • R 1 and R 2 are also combined to form a double bond and together with R 3 and R 4 and the atoms to which they are attached form a heteroaryl.
  • heteroaryl examples include, but are not limited to, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, or benzoxazolyl.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 are combined together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., imidazole or thiazole).
  • R 5 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R 5 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is cycloalkyl.
  • R 5 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R 5 is aryl. In one embodiment, R 5 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is —(CH 2 ) p —CF 3 . In one embodiment, R 5 is —(CH 2 ) p —CN. In one embodiment, R 5 is —(CH 2 ) p -nitro. In one embodiment, R 5 is —(CH 2 ) p -amino, wherein the amino is optionally substituted.
  • R 5 is —(CH 2 ) p -amino. In one embodiment, R 5 is —(CH 2 ) p -hydroxyl, wherein the hydroxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 5 is —(CH 2 ) p -hydroxyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is —(CH 2 ) p -cycloalkoxyl, wherein the cycloalkoxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R is —(CH 2 ) p -cycloalkoxyl.
  • R 5 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is further optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 5 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • R 5 and R 1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R 5 and R 1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl.
  • R 6 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R 6 is halo. In one embodiment, R 6 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is cyclo
  • R 6 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R 6 is aryl. In one embodiment, R 6 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is —(CH 2 ) p —CF 3 . In one embodiment, R 6 is —(CH 2 ) p —CN. In one embodiment, R 6 is —(CH 2 ) p -nitro. In one embodiment, R 6 is —(CH 2 ) p -amino, wherein the amino is optionally substituted.
  • R 6 is —(CH 2 ) p -amino. In one embodiment, R 6 is —(CH 2 ) p -hydroxyl, wherein the hydroxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 6 is —(CH 2 ) p -hydroxyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is —(CH 2 ) p -cycloalkoxyl, wherein the cycloalkoxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 6 is —(CH 2 ) p -cycloalkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 6 is —(CH 2 ) p -heteroaryl, wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted.
  • R 6 is —(CH 2 ) p -heteroaryl. In one embodiment, R 6 is —(CH 2 ) p -heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 6 is —(CH 2 ) p -heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • R 7 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R 7 is halo. In one embodiment, R 7 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is cyclo
  • R 7 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R 7 is aryl. In one embodiment, R 7 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is —(CH 2 ) p —CF 3 . In one embodiment, R 7 is —(CH 2 ) p —CN. In one embodiment, R 7 is —(CH 2 ) p -nitro. In one embodiment, R 7 is —(CH 2 ) p -amino, wherein the amino is optionally substituted.
  • R 7 is —(CH 2 ) p -amino. In one embodiment, R 7 is —(CH 2 ) p -hydroxyl, wherein the hydroxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 7 is —(CH 2 ) p -hydroxyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is —(CH 2 ) p -cycloalkoxyl, wherein the cycloalkoxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 7 is —(CH 2 ) p -cycloalkoxyl. In one embodiment, R 7 is —(CH 2 ) p -heteroaryl, wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted.
  • R 7 is —(CH 2 ) p -heteroaryl. In one embodiment, R 7 is —(CH 2 ) p -heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 7 is —(CH 2 ) p -heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl. In one embodiment, R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl. In one embodiment, R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heteroaryl. In one embodiment, R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a partially saturated optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a partially saturated cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl.
  • m is 0. In one embodiment, m is 1. In one embodiment, m is 2.
  • n is 0. In one embodiment, n is 1. In one embodiment, n is 2.
  • p is 0. In one embodiment, p is 1. In one embodiment, p is 2.
  • At least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 is not hydrogen (e.g., when R 7 is absent). In one embodiment, at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , and R 7 is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 6 is not hydrogen (e.g., when R 7 is absent). In one embodiment, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is not hydrogen.
  • At least one of R 3 and R 4 is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, at least one of R 6 and R 7 is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, when R 5 is not hydrogen, at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , and R 7 is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, when R is not hydrogen, at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 6 is not hydrogen (e.g., when R 7 is absent). In one embodiment, R 5 is not hydroxyl. In one embodiment, R 5 , is not substituted hydroxyl (e.g., alkoxyl). In one embodiment, R 5 is not alkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is not methyl.
  • R 1 and R 2 are not optionally substituted acyl. In one embodiment, R 6 and R 7 are not optionally substituted amide. In one embodiment, R 11 is not optionally substituted amide. In one embodiment, R 6 and R 7 are not optionally substituted acyl. In one embodiment, R 11 is not optionally substituted acyl.
  • R 3 and R 4 are not combined together with R 1 or R 2 and the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring (e.g., imidazole or imidazoline). In one embodiment, when X and Y are CH 2 , R 3 and R 4 are not combined together with R 1 and R 2 and the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring (e.g., thiazole).
  • R 1 when X and Y are CH 2 , R 1 (or R 2 ) and R are not combined together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring (e.g., pyrrolidine or azetidine).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , or R 7 is alkyl or cycloalkyl
  • the alkyl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo (e.g., fluoro).
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IIa):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • n is 0 or 1. In one embodiment, n is 1 or 2. In one embodiment, m is 0 and n is 1. In one embodiment, n is 0 or 1. In one embodiment, n is 0.
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, or propyl (e.g., n-propyl or i-propyl)), or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl).
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, or propyl (e.g., n-propyl or i-propyl)).
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1 -C 4 alkyl, wherein one or more hydrogen(s) in the alkyl are replaced with deuterium (e.g., CD 3 ).
  • R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, or propyl (e.g., n-propyl or i-propyl)). In one embodiment, R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen.
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, halo (e.g., F or Cl), C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, or CF 3 ), aryl (e.g., phenyl), heteroaryl (e.g., pyridyl), heterocyclyl (e.g., pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, or morpholinyl), alkoxyl (e.g., OMe), or aminoalkyl (e.g., NMe 2 ), each of which is optionally substituted.
  • halo e.g., F or Cl
  • C 1 -C 4 alkyl e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, or CF 3
  • aryl e.g., phenyl
  • heteroaryl e.g., pyridyl
  • heterocyclyl e.g., pyrroli
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, halo, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkoxyl, or aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, the C 1 -C 4 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more fluoro. In one embodiment, R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, CF 3 , ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, methoxyl, or dimethylamino.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heteroaryl or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heteroaryl or heterocyclyl. Examples include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, azepanyl, morpholinyl, imidazolyl, piperazinyl, and N-methyl-piperazinyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • R 1 and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl ring (e.g., pyrrolidine, including, e.g., unsubstituted pyrrolidine and N-methyl-pyrrolidine).
  • pyrrolidine including, e.g., unsubstituted pyrrolidine and N-methyl-pyrrolidine.
  • Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • R 3 and R 4 together with the atom to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl) or heterocyclyl (e.g., tetrahydrofuranyl) ring, each of which is optionally substituted.
  • cycloalkyl e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl
  • heterocyclyl e.g., tetrahydrofuranyl
  • R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl (e.g., phenyl) or cycloalkyl (e.g., 5-, 6-, or 7-membered) ring, each of which is optionally substituted (e.g., by one or more halo or phenyl).
  • R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl.
  • R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl. Examples include, but are not limited to, phenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and cycloheptenyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • R 1 and R 5 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R 1 and R 5 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl. Examples include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., piperidinyl) and R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., phenyl).
  • R 1 and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl and R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl.
  • Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compound:
  • m is 0 and R 3 and R 4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R 1 and/or R 2 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • the heteroaryl contains one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S. Examples include, but are not limited to, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, or thiazolyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • n 1
  • Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compound:
  • n is 2.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R, and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • R 5 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl. In one embodiment, R 5 is methyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compound:
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IIb):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IIc):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • R 5 is OH. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compound:
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • n is 0.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, halo (e.g., F or Cl), or optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • n is 1.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., piperidinyl).
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IIIa):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 6 , and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IIIb):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IIIc):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IVa):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • n is 0 or 1. In one embodiment, n is 1 or 2. In one embodiment, m is 0 and n is 1. In one embodiment, n is 0 or 1. In one embodiment, n is 0.
  • R is hydrogen
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, or propyl (e.g., n-propyl or i-propyl)), or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl).
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, or propyl (e.g., n-propyl or i-propyl)).
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently C 1 -C 4 alkyl, wherein one or more hydrogen(s) in the alkyl are replaced with deuterium (e.g., CD 3 ).
  • R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, or propyl (e.g., n-propyl or i-propyl)). In one embodiment, R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen.
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, halo (e.g., F or Cl), C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, or CF 3 ), aryl (e.g., phenyl), heteroaryl (e.g., pyridyl), heterocyclyl (e.g., pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, or morpholinyl), alkoxyl (e.g., OMe), or aminoalkyl (e.g., NMe 2 ), each of which is optionally substituted.
  • halo e.g., F or Cl
  • C 1 -C 4 alkyl e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, or CF 3
  • aryl e.g., phenyl
  • heteroaryl e.g., pyridyl
  • heterocyclyl e.g., pyrroli
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, halo, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkoxyl, or aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, the C 1 -C 4 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more fluoro. In one embodiment, R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, CF 3 , ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, methoxyl, or dimethylamino.
  • n 1
  • Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heteroaryl or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl).
  • heterocyclyl e.g., pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl
  • examples include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, azepanyl, morpholinyl, imidazolyl, piperazinyl, and N-methyl-piperazinyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • R 1 and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl ring (e.g., pyrrolidine, including, e.g., unsubstituted pyrrolidine and N-methyl-pyrrolidine).
  • pyrrolidine including, e.g., unsubstituted pyrrolidine and N-methyl-pyrrolidine.
  • Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • R 1 and R 5 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
  • examples include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl (e.g., phenyl) or cycloalkyl (e.g., 5-, 6-, or 7-membered) ring, each of which is optionally substituted (e.g., by one or more halo or phenyl).
  • R and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl. Examples include, but are not limited to, phenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and cycloheptenyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • R 1 and R 5 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., pyrrolidinyl) and R and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., phenyl).
  • an optionally substituted heterocyclyl e.g., pyrrolidinyl
  • R and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., phenyl).
  • aryl e.g., phenyl
  • m is 0 and R 3 and R 4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R 1 and/or R 2 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • the heteroaryl contains one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S. Examples include, but are not limited to, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, or thiazolyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IVb):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IVc):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • n is 0.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, halo (e.g., F or Cl), or optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • n is 1.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., piperidinyl).
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl (e.g., phenyl) or cycloalkyl (e.g., 5-, 6-, or 7-membered) ring, each of which is optionally substituted (e.g., by one or more halo or phenyl).
  • R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl. Examples include, but are not limited to, phenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and cycloheptenyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (V):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , Z 1 , Z 3 , X, Y, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • Z 1 is N and Z 3 is S.
  • Z 1 is S and Z 3 is N.
  • X and Y is CH 2 .
  • m is 0 and n is 1.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
  • R 3 , R 4 , and R are hydrogen.
  • R 6 is hydrogen, halo (e.g., F or Cl), optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl), or optionally substituted amino (e.g., aminoalkyl, such as methylamino).
  • halo e.g., F or Cl
  • C 1 -C 4 alkyl e.g., methyl or ethyl
  • amino e.g., aminoalkyl, such as methylamino
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (VI):
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 are C, and one of Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 is S;
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH 2 ) p —R 8 , wherein R 8 is SO 2 alkyl or SO 2 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl;
  • R 3 and R 4 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH 2 ) p —R 9 , wherein R 9 is CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; or (iv) R 3 and R 1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and R 4 is (i) or (ii); or (v) R 3 and R 4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R 1 and/or R 2 and the atoms to which
  • R 5 is (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently (i) hydrogen, halo, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH 2 ) p —R 11 , wherein R 11 is CF 3 , CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, cycloalkoxyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R 6 and R 7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl ring; and
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • each occurrence of p is independently 0, 1, or 2.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and m are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are C
  • Z 3 is S.
  • Z 1 is S
  • Z 2 and Z 3 are C.
  • m is 0.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
  • R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen.
  • R 5 is hydrogen.
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, halo (e.g., F or Cl), or optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • a symptom domain of schizophrenia a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia
  • administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising one or more of the following compounds:
  • the depicted structure is to be accorded more weight.
  • the stereochemistry of a structure or a portion of a structure is not indicated with, for example, bold or dashed lines, the structure or portion of the structure is to be interpreted as encompassing all stereoisomers of it or mixtures thereof.
  • the compound provided herein contains an alkenyl or alkenylene group
  • the compound may exist as one of or a mixture of geometric cis/trans (or Z/E) isomers.
  • structural isomers are inter-convertible, the compound may exist as a single tautomer or a mixture of tautomers.
  • the compounds provided herein may be enantiomerically pure or diastereomerically pure, such as a single enantiomer or a single diastereomer, or be stereoisomeric mixtures, such as a mixture of enantiomers and/or diastereomers, e.g., a racemic or enantioenriched mixture of two enantiomers; or a mixture of two or more diastereomers.
  • a compound in its (R) form is equivalent to administration of the compound in its (S) form, and vice versa.
  • Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers or diastereomers include synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor, asymmetric synthesis from achiral starting materials, or resolution of a stereometric mixture, for example, by chiral chromatography, recrystallization, resolution, diastereomeric salt formation, or derivatization into diastereomeric adducts followed by separation.
  • the compound provided herein may also be provided as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt (See, Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 1-19; and “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts, Properties, and Use,” Stahl and Wermuth, Ed.; Wiley-VCH and VHCA, Zurich, 2002).
  • Suitable acids for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, acylated amino acids, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, L-aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, boric acid, camphoric acid, (+)-camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, (+)-(1S)-camphor-10-sulfonic acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, cyclohexanesulfamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic
  • Suitable bases for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts including, but not limited to, inorganic bases, such as magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, zinc hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, or ammonia; and organic bases, such as primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary, aliphatic and aromatic amines, including L-arginine, benethamine, benzathine, choline, deanol, diethanolamine, diethylamine, dimethylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, 2-(diethylamino)-ethanol, ethanolamine, ethylamine, ethylenediamine, isopropylamine, N-methyl-glucamine, hydrabamine, 1H-imidazole, L-lysine, morpholine, 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-morpholine, methylamine, piperidine, piperazine, propylamine, pyrrolidine,
  • the term “compound” referred to herein, such as, e.g., a compound of formula (I), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), (IVa), (IVb), (IVc), (V), or (VI) is intended to encompass one or more of the following: a free base of the compound or a salt thereof, a stereoisomer or a mixture of two or more stereoisomers, a solid form (e.g., a crystal form or an amorphous form) or a mixture of two or more solid forms thereof, or a solvate (e.g., a hydrate) thereof.
  • the term “compound” referred to herein is intended to encompass a pharmaceutical acceptable form of the compound, including but not limited to, a free base, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a stereoisomer or a mixture of two or more stereoisomers, a solid form (e.g., a crystal form or an amorphous form) or a mixture of two or more solid forms, a solvate (e.g., a hydrate), or a cocrystal thereof.
  • the compounds used in the methods provided herein may also be provided as a prodrug, which is a functional derivative of the compound, for example, of Formula (I) and is readily convertible into the parent compound in vivo.
  • Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent compound. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent compound is not.
  • the prodrug may also have enhanced solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent compound.
  • a prodrug may be converted into the parent drug by various mechanisms, including enzymatic processes and metabolic hydrolysis. See Harper, Progress in Drug Research 1962, 4, 221-294; Morozowich et al.
  • the compounds used in the methods provided herein are prepared as a mixture of two or more stereoisomers or diastereoisomers.
  • the stereoisomers or diastereoisomers are separated using techniques known to those skilled in the art, including but not limited to, chiral column chromatography and chiral resolution by forming a salt with a suitable chiral counterion.
  • compositions can be used in the preparation of individual, single unit dosage forms.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms provided herein comprise a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, clathrate, or prodrug thereof.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms can further comprise one or more excipients.
  • compositions and dosage forms provided herein can also comprise one or more additional active ingredients.
  • additional active ingredients examples of optional second, or additional, active ingredients are also disclosed herein.
  • Single unit dosage forms provided herein are suitable for oral, mucosal (e.g., nasal, sublingual, vaginal, buccal, or rectal), parenteral (e.g., subcutaneous, intravenous, bolus injection, intramuscular, or intra-arterial), topical (e.g., eye drops or other ophthalmic preparations), transdermal or transcutaneous administration to a patient.
  • mucosal e.g., nasal, sublingual, vaginal, buccal, or rectal
  • parenteral e.g., subcutaneous, intravenous, bolus injection, intramuscular, or intra-arterial
  • topical e.g., eye drops or other ophthalmic preparations
  • transdermal or transcutaneous administration e.g., transcutaneous administration to a patient.
  • dosage forms include, but are not limited to: tablets; caplets; capsules, such as soft elastic gelatin capsules; cachets; troches; lozenges; dispersions; suppositories; powders; aerosols (e.g., nasal sprays or inhalers); gels; liquid dosage forms suitable for oral or mucosal administration to a patient, including suspensions (e.g., aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspensions, oil-in-water emulsions, or a water-in-oil liquid emulsions), solutions, and elixirs; liquid dosage forms suitable for parenteral administration to a patient; eye drops or other ophthalmic preparations suitable for topical administration; and sterile solids (e.g., crystalline or amorphous solids) that can be reconstituted to provide liquid dosage forms suitable for parenteral administration to a patient.
  • suspensions e.g., aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspensions, oil-in-water e
  • compositions, shape, and type of dosage forms will typically vary depending on their use.
  • a dosage form used in the acute treatment of a disease may contain larger amounts of one or more of the active ingredients it comprises than a dosage form used in the chronic treatment of the same disease.
  • a parenteral dosage form may contain smaller amounts of one or more of the active ingredients it comprises than an oral dosage form used to treat the same disease.
  • compositions and dosage forms comprise one or more excipients.
  • Suitable excipients are well known to those skilled in the art of pharmacy, and non-limiting examples of suitable excipients are provided herein. Whether a particular excipient is suitable for incorporation into a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form depends on a variety of factors well known in the art including, but not limited to, the way in which the dosage form will be administered to a patient.
  • oral dosage forms such as tablets may contain excipients not suited for use in parenteral dosage forms.
  • the suitability of a particular excipient may also depend on the specific active ingredients in the dosage form. For example, the decomposition of some active ingredients may be accelerated by some excipients such as lactose, or when exposed to water.
  • lactose-free means that the amount of lactose present, if any, is insufficient to substantially increase the degradation rate of an active ingredient.
  • Lactose-free compositions can comprise excipients that are well known in the art and are listed, for example, in the U.S. Pharmacopeia (USP) 25-NF20 (2002).
  • lactose-free compositions comprise active ingredients, a binder/filler, and a lubricant in pharmaceutically compatible and pharmaceutically acceptable amounts.
  • lactose-free dosage forms comprise active ingredients, microcrystalline cellulose, pre-gelatinized starch, and/or magnesium stearate.
  • anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising active ingredients, since water can facilitate the degradation of some compounds.
  • water e.g., 5%
  • water is widely accepted in the pharmaceutical arts as a means of simulating long-term storage in order to determine characteristics such as shelf-life or the stability of formulations over time. See, e.g., Jens T. Carstensen, Drug Stability: Principles & Practice, 2d. Ed., Marcel Dekker, NY, NY, 1995, pp. 379-80.
  • water and heat accelerate the decomposition of some compounds.
  • the effect of water on a formulation can be of great significance since moisture and/or humidity are commonly encountered during manufacture, handling, packaging, storage, shipment, and use of formulations.
  • Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms that comprise lactose and at least one active ingredient that comprises a primary or secondary amine are preferably anhydrous if substantial contact with moisture and/or humidity during manufacturing, packaging, and/or storage is expected.
  • anhydrous pharmaceutical composition should be prepared and stored such that its anhydrous nature is maintained. Accordingly, anhydrous compositions are, in one embodiment, packaged using materials known to prevent exposure to water such that they can be included in suitable formulary kits. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foils, plastics, unit dose containers (e.g., vials), blister packs, and strip packs.
  • compositions and dosage forms that comprise one or more compounds that reduce the rate by which an active ingredient will decompose.
  • compounds which are referred to herein as “stabilizers,” include, but are not limited to, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, pH buffers, or salt buffers.
  • dosage forms comprise a compound provided herein in an amount of from about 0.10 to about 500 mg. In other embodiments, dosage forms comprise a compound provided herein in an amount of about 0.1, 1, 2, 5, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15, 17.5, 20, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 mg.
  • dosage forms comprise a second active ingredient in an amount of 1 to about 1000 mg, from about 5 to about 500 mg, from about 10 to about 350 mg, or from about 50 to about 200 mg.
  • the specific amount of the second active agent will depend on the specific agent used, the diseases or disorders being treated or managed, and the amount(s) of a compound provided herein, and any optional additional active agents concurrently administered to the patient.
  • compositions that are suitable for oral administration can be provided as discrete dosage forms, such as, but not limited to, tablets (e.g., chewable tablets), caplets, capsules, and liquids (e.g., flavored syrups).
  • dosage forms contain predetermined amounts of active ingredients, and may be prepared by methods of pharmacy well known to those skilled in the art. See generally, Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (2005).
  • Oral dosage forms provided herein are prepared by combining the active ingredients in an intimate admixture with at least one excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
  • Excipients can take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration.
  • excipients suitable for use in oral liquid or aerosol dosage forms include, but are not limited to, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, and coloring agents.
  • excipients suitable for use in solid oral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, starches, sugars, micro-crystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents.
  • oral dosage forms are tablets or capsules, in which case solid excipients are employed.
  • tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or non-aqueous techniques.
  • Such dosage forms can be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy.
  • pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredients with liquid carriers, finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then shaping the product into the desired presentation if necessary.
  • a tablet can be prepared by compression or molding.
  • Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredients in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with an excipient.
  • Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • excipients that can be used in oral dosage forms provided herein include, but are not limited to, binders, fillers, disintegrants, and lubricants.
  • Binders suitable for use in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, corn starch, potato starch, or other starches, gelatin, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, powdered tragacanth, guar gum, cellulose and its derivatives (e.g., ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, pre-gelatinized starch, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, (e.g., Nos. 2208, 2906, 2910), microcrystalline cellulose, and mixtures thereof.
  • Suitable forms of microcrystalline cellulose include, but are not limited to, the materials sold as AVICEL-PH-101, AVICEL-PH-103 AVICEL RC-581, AVICEL-PH-105 (available from FMC Corporation, American Viscose Division, Avicel Sales, Marcus Hook, Pa.), and mixtures thereof.
  • a specific example of a binder is a mixture of microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose sold as AVICEL RC-581.
  • Suitable anhydrous or low moisture excipients or additives include AVICEL-PH-103TM and Starch 1500 LM.
  • fillers suitable for use in the pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms provided herein include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate (e.g., granules or powder), microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pre-gelatinized starch, and mixtures thereof.
  • the binder or filler in pharmaceutical compositions is, in one embodiment, present in from about 50 to about 99 weight percent of the pharmaceutical composition or dosage form.
  • Disintegrants may be used in the compositions to provide tablets that disintegrate when exposed to an aqueous environment. Tablets that contain too much disintegrant may disintegrate in storage, while those that contain too little may not disintegrate at a desired rate or under the desired conditions. Thus, a sufficient amount of disintegrant that is neither too much nor too little to detrimentally alter the release of the active ingredients may be used to form solid oral dosage forms. The amount of disintegrant used varies based upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art. In one embodiment, pharmaceutical compositions comprise from about 0.5 to about 15 weight percent of disintegrant, or from about 1 to about 5 weight percent of disintegrant.
  • Disintegrants that can be used in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, agar-agar, alginic acid, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polacrilin potassium, sodium starch glycolate, potato or tapioca starch, other starches, pre-gelatinized starch, other starches, clays, other algins, other celluloses, gums, and mixtures thereof.
  • Lubricants that can be used in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, light mineral oil, glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol, polyethylene glycol, other glycols, stearic acid, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, hydrogenated vegetable oil (e.g., peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil), zinc stearate, ethyl oleate, ethyl laureate, agar, and mixtures thereof.
  • Additional lubricants include, for example, a syloid silica gel (AEROSIL200, manufactured by W.R.
  • lubricants may be used in an amount of less than about 1 weight percent of the pharmaceutical compositions or dosage forms into which they are incorporated.
  • a solid oral dosage form comprises a compound provided herein, and optional excipients, such as anhydrous lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, stearic acid, colloidal anhydrous silica, and gelatin.
  • excipients such as anhydrous lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, stearic acid, colloidal anhydrous silica, and gelatin.
  • compositions used in the methods provided herein and compounds used in the methods provided herein can be administered by controlled release means or by delivery devices that are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Examples include, but are not limited to, those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,536,809; 3,598,123; and 4,008,719, 5,674,533, 5,059,595, 5,591,767, 5,120,548, 5,073,543, 5,639,476, 5,354,556, and 5,733,566, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Such dosage forms can be used to provide slow or controlled-release of one or more active ingredients using, for example, hydropropylmethyl cellulose, other polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems, multilayer coatings, microparticles, liposomes, microspheres, or a combination thereof to provide the desired release profile in varying proportions.
  • Suitable controlled-release formulations known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including those described herein, can be readily selected for use with the active agents provided herein.
  • provided are single unit dosage forms suitable for oral administration such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules, gelcaps, and caplets that are adapted for controlled-release.
  • controlled-release pharmaceutical products improve drug therapy over that achieved by their non-controlled counterparts.
  • use of a controlled-release preparation in medical treatment is characterized by a minimum of drug substance being employed to cure or control the condition in a minimum amount of time.
  • Advantages of controlled-release formulations include extended activity of the drug, reduced dosage frequency, and increased patient compliance.
  • controlled-release formulations can be used to affect the time of onset of action or other characteristics, such as blood levels of the drug, and can thus affect the occurrence of side (e.g., adverse) effects.
  • the controlled-release formulations are designed to initially release an amount of drug (active ingredient) that promptly produces the desired therapeutic or prophylactic effect, and gradually and continually release of other amounts of drug to maintain this level of therapeutic or prophylactic effect over an extended period of time.
  • the drug in order to maintain a constant level of drug in the body, the drug can be released from the dosage form at a rate that will replace the amount of drug being metabolized and excreted from the body.
  • Controlled-release of an active ingredient can be stimulated by various conditions including, but not limited to, pH, temperature, enzymes, water, or other physiological conditions or compounds.
  • Parenteral dosage forms can be administered to patients by various routes including, but not limited to, subcutaneous, intravenous (including bolus injection), intramuscular, and intra-arterial.
  • administration of a parenteral dosage form bypasses patients' natural defenses against contaminants, and thus, in these embodiments, parenteral dosage forms are sterile or capable of being sterilized prior to administration to a patient.
  • parenteral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, solutions ready for injection, dry products ready to be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle for injection, suspensions ready for injection, and emulsions.
  • Suitable vehicles that can be used to provide parenteral dosage forms are well known to those skilled in the art. Examples include, but are not limited to: Water for Injection USP; aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Dextrose Injection, Dextrose and Sodium Chloride Injection, and Lactated Ringer's Injection; water-miscible vehicles such as, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol; and non-aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and benzyl benzoate.
  • aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Dextrose Injection, Dextrose and Sodium Chloride Injection, and Lactated Ringer's Injection
  • cyclodextrin and its derivatives can be used to increase the solubility of a compound provided herein. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,134,127, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Topical and mucosal dosage forms provided herein include, but are not limited to, sprays, aerosols, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, eye drops or other ophthalmic preparations, or other forms known to one of skill in the art. See, e.g., Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (2005); and Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 4th ed., Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia (1985). Dosage forms suitable for treating mucosal tissues within the oral cavity can be formulated as mouthwashes or as oral gels.
  • excipients e.g., carriers and diluents
  • excipients include, but are not limited to, water, acetone, ethanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butane-1,3-diol, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, mineral oil, and mixtures thereof to form solutions, emulsions or gels, which are non-toxic and pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • Moisturizers or humectants can also be added to pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms. Examples of additional ingredients are well known in the art. See, e.g., Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (2005).
  • the pH of a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form may also be adjusted to improve delivery of one or more active ingredients.
  • the polarity of a solvent carrier, its ionic strength, or tonicity can be adjusted to improve delivery.
  • Compounds such as stearates can also be added to pharmaceutical compositions or dosage forms to alter the hydrophilicity or lipophilicity of one or more active ingredients so as to improve delivery.
  • stearates can serve as a lipid vehicle for the formulation, as an emulsifying agent or surfactant, or as a delivery-enhancing or penetration-enhancing agent.
  • salts, solvates, prodrugs, clathrates, or stereoisomers of the active ingredients can be used to further adjust the properties of the resulting composition.
  • active ingredients provided herein are not administered to a patient at the same time or by the same route of administration.
  • kits which can simplify the administration of appropriate amounts of active ingredients.
  • kits comprises a dosage form of a compound provided herein.
  • Kits can further comprise one or more second active ingredients as described herein, or a pharmacologically active mutant or derivative thereof, or a combination thereof.
  • kits can further comprise devices that are used to administer the active ingredients.
  • devices include, but are not limited to, syringes, drip bags, patches, and inhalers.
  • Kits can further comprise cells or blood for transplantation as well as pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles that can be used to administer one or more active ingredients.
  • the kit can comprise a sealed container of a suitable vehicle in which the active ingredient can be dissolved to form a particulate-free sterile solution that is suitable for parenteral administration.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles include, but are not limited to: Water for Injection USP; aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Dextrose Injection, Dextrose and Sodium Chloride Injection, and Lactated Ringer's Injection; water-miscible vehicles such as, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol; and non-aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and benzyl benzoate.
  • aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Dextrose Injection, Dextrose and Sodium Chloride Injection, and Lactated Ringer's Injection
  • water-miscible vehicles such as, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol
  • Transformed PANSS factors were determined, using the same score matrix established from the PANSS Analysis Study data set operating upon the PANSS data od the Validation Set, to determine transformed PANSS factors data for the Validation Data Set, that is:
  • FIG. 5 summarizes the results, for the PANSS Analysis Study dataset (labeled “Analysis” in FIG. 5 ) and Validation Study dataset (labeled “Validation” in FIG. 5 ).
  • endpoint change scores utilizing the transformed PANSS factors yielded substantially reduced between-factor correlations, regardless of the duration of study treatment (6 weeks to 1 year), or other differences in study design or stage of illness.
  • a sum of 7 transformed PANSS factors for each patient at endpoint retained over 90% of the variance of untransformed PANSS total.
  • the transformed PANSS factors also corresponded well to the Marder PANSS factors (r, 0.65-0.94), thus indicating that both factors are measuring very similar schizophrenia symptom domains.
  • the PANSS negative symptom factor was subdivided into two subfactors, apathy/avolition and deficit of expression (representing these symptom sub-domains), and the PANSS depression/anxiety factor was subdivided into two subfactors, depression and anxiety (representing these symptom sub-domains).
  • the transformed PANSS negative symptom subfactors correspond to the two subclusters previously identified in a factor analysis by Liemburg et al. (see, J.
  • the transformed PANSS factors of this Example derived from the weighted score matrix transformation of PANSS items, were found to meet three important criteria: to have good face validity, to account for almost all of the total variance observed in PANSS total score change, and to exhibit minimal between-factor correlation (high specificity/orthogonality). These criteria were met using the 5 lurasidone clinical trials (PANSS Analysis Study data) used to derive the score matrix transformation. The criteria were also met among the 12 additional lurasidone clinical trials, indicating high cross-study stability and and general applicability. These criteria are discussed more specifically below.
  • the transformed PANSS factors retained over 90% of the variance contained in the transformed PANSS total score, thus indicating that there was minimum (but quantifiable) loss of information related to total symptom severity using the transformed, transformed PANSS factors.
  • the sum of transformed PANSS factor scores accurately captured the overall drug treatment effect sizes.
  • FIG. 3A compares baseline to week 6 (within-treatment group) effect sizes for both lurasidone and placebo, as estimated using both the Marder PANSS factors (left panel), and the transformed PANSS factors (right panel).
  • a consistent pattern of moderate-to-high pre-post, within-treatment group, effect sizes (0.5 to 1.1) were observed for lurasidone across all Marder PANSS factors.
  • Pre-post effect sizes for placebo were in the low-to-moderate range across all Marder PANSS factors (effect sizes ⁇ 0.5, except for the PANSS positive factor change score;
  • FIG. 3A For both lurasidone and placebo, the transformed PANSS positive factor (right panel) had an endpoint effect size that was similar in magnitude to the Marder PANSS positive factor (left panel). For the other transformed PANSS factors (disorganized, negative-apathy/avolition and deficit of expression, hostility, and depression and anxiety), the endpoint effect sizes were smaller for both lurasidone and placebo.
  • FIG. 3B presents for the 5 pooled clinical trials (Analysis Study Data), drug vs. placebo effect sizes for baseline-to-endpoint change were calculated using both the Marder PANSS factors ( FIG. 3B ; left panel) and the transformed PANSS factors ( FIG. 3B , right panel).
  • the left panel a relatively consistent pattern of moderate effect sizes (ranging from 0.31 to 0.43) were observed for lurasidone across all Marder PANSS factors.
  • the effect size calculated using the transformed PANSS positive factor was approximately similar to the effect size using the Marder PANSS positive factor (left panel).
  • the endpoint drug effect sizes were smaller when compared to the same Marder PANSS factors.
  • Endpoint effect sizes calculated for the other transformed PANSS factors ranged from 0.05 to 0.29.
  • the endpoint effect size for the transformed PANSS hostility factor was larger than the effect sizes observed in the transformed PANSS disorganized, negative apathy/avolition, deficit of expression, and anxiety/depression factors.
  • Each of n 16 subjects were classified into distinct subject sub-population types according to the following classifications, subject sub-populations types, subjects with: (1) prominently positive symptoms (“Positive” group in Tables 5A and 5B; subject ID numbers 35, 48, 28, 44, 34, 30, 53 and 56); (2) prominently disorganized symptoms (“Disorganized” group in Tables 5A and 5B; subject ID number 50); (3) prominently affective symptoms (“Affective” group in Tables 5A and 5B; subject ID numbers 54, 51, 47, and 45); or (4) prominently negative symptoms (“Negative” group in Tables 5A and 5B; subject ID numbers 37, 29, and 49).
  • Subjects were classified using the UPSM (score matrix) of Table 4A on the PANSS factors assessed at baseline (“BL”) to produce transformed PANSS factors from which subject classification was made.
  • a SVM (Support Vector Machine) classifier was trained on these cluster assignments at baseline, and subsequently used to identify subject sub-population types post-baseline and in external data sets.
  • Table 5A shows each subjects total PANSS score (based on untransformed PANSS scores) at baseline (pre-dose) and days 1, 7, 14, 21 and 28 (end-point) post-dose.
  • Table 5B shows change from the % baseline of the untransformed PANSS scores at days 1, 7, 14, 21 and 28 (end-point). It is to be understood that a 20% improvement or decrease from baseline 100% scores is generally considered a clinically significant change in acute schizophrenia trials. It was discovered that Compound 129 provided a clinically significant improvement in overall schizophrenia symptoms (untransformed PANSS total) for the subject sub-population with prominent negative symptoms. These results indicate that Compound 129 was a particularly effective treatment in the patient sub-population type characterized by prominent negative symptoms.
  • the UPSM transformation of the PANSS factor data shows the specificity of treatment effects within the domains of schizophrenia.
  • a drug with treatment effects on a given symptom domain of schizophrenia e.g., negative symptoms
  • Baseline UPSM factor scores can be used to demonstrate specific schizophrenia patient types having prominence of specific symptoms among the 5 dimensions of schizophrenia.
  • the score matrix used in this Example was the one determined, as discussed herein, from lurasidone studies (PANSS Analysis Study data) as was the SVM classifier which was trained on PANSS Analysis Study data transformed with the UPSM (score matrix) of Table 4A (see also FIG. 4 ). That is, the UPSM of Table 4A was shown in this Example to have general applicability to the assessment of the efficacy of schizophrenia treatments on other subject (e.g. patient) groups with other drugs, even though the UPSM of Table 4A (and FIG. 4 ) was determined using only data from lurasidone studies.
  • Anti-psychotic like activity of the compounds was evaluated in mice using the PCP hyperactivity and Pre-Pulse Inhibition (PPI) models of schizophrenia.
  • PPI Pre-Pulse Inhibition
  • mice Male C57Bl/6J mice from Jackson Laboratories (Bar Harbor, Me.) were used. Upon receipt, mice were assigned unique identification numbers (tail marked) and were group housed with 4 mice per cage in OptiMICE ventilated cages. All animals remained housed in groups of four during the remainder of the study. All mice were acclimated to the colony room for at least two weeks prior to testing. During the period of acclimation, mice were examined on a regular basis, handled, and weighed to assure adequate health and suitability. Animals were maintained on a 12/12 light/dark cycle. The room temperature was maintained between 20 and 23° C. with a relative humidity maintained between 30% and 70%. Chow and water were provided ad libitum for the duration of the study. In each test, animals were randomly assigned across treatment groups.
  • Open field (OF) chambers were Plexiglas square chambers (27.3 ⁇ 27.3 ⁇ 20.3 cm; Med Associates Inc., St Albans, Vt.) surrounded by infrared photobeams (16 ⁇ 16 ⁇ 16) to measure horizontal and vertical activity.
  • the analysis was configured to divide the open field into a center and periphery zone. Distance traveled was measured from horizontal beam breaks as the mouse moved whereas rearing activity was measured from vertical beam breaks.
  • mice were injected with vehicle, test compound, or clozapine (1 mg/kg; i.p) and placed in the OF chambers for 30 min measurement of baseline activity. Mice were then injected with either water or PCP (5 mg/kg; i.p) and placed back in the OF chambers for a 60-minute session. At the end of each OF test session the OF chambers were thoroughly cleaned.
  • Prepulse Inhibition of Startle The acoustic startle is an unconditioned reflex response to an external auditory stimulus.
  • Prepulse inhibition of startle refers to the reduction in the startle response caused by the presentation of a low-intensity auditory stimulus prior to the startle stimulus.
  • the PPI paradigm is used for the study of schizophrenia and antipsychotic action due to the similarities between the results from human and rodent studies.
  • PPI has been used as a tool for the assessment of deficiencies in sensory-motor gating observed in schizophrenia and to screen for potential antipsychotic drugs.
  • Various psychotomimetic drugs such as PCP can disrupt PPI.
  • antipsychotic drugs such as clozapine can reverse the disruption of PPI induced by PCP.
  • mice were placed in the PPI chambers (Med Associates) for a 5 min session of white noise (70 dB) habituation. After the habituation period the test session was initiated. The session started with a habituation block of 6 presentations of the startle stimulus alone, followed by 10 PPI blocks, each of which consisted of 6 different types of trials. Trial types were: ‘null’ (no stimuli), ‘startle’ (120 dB), ‘startle plus prepulse’ (4, 8 and 12 dB over background noise, i.e., 74, 78 or 82 dB) and ‘prepulse’ (82 dB). Trial types were presented in a random order within each block.
  • each trial started with a 50 ms stimulus-free period during which baseline movements were recorded. This was followed by a subsequent 20 ms period during which the prepulse stimulus was presented and responses to the prepulse measured. After a further 100 ms period, the startle stimulus was presented for 40 ms and responses recorded for 100 ms from startle onset. Responses were sampled every ms. The inter-trial interval was variable with an average of 15 s (range from 10 to 20 s). In ‘startle’ trials the basic auditory startle response was measured. The basic startle response was calculated as the mean startle response of all ‘startle’ trials (i.e., excluding the first habituation block). In ‘startle plus prepulse’ trials the degree of inhibition of the normal startle was calculated and expressed as a percentage of the basic startle response.
  • mice were treated with vehicle, haloperidol (1 mg/kg; i.p) or test compound 30 min prior to PPI test.
  • the PPI enclosures were cleaned following each test.

Abstract

Provided herein are methods for determining if a compound has potential efficacy for the treatment for a specific symptom domain of schizophrenia, such as for example, the treatment of a negative symptom of schizophrenia. In addition, provided herein are methods of determining the prominent symptom domain of a subject suffering from schizophrenia. Further, provided herein are various methods for the treatment of the negative symptoms, cognitive dysfunction symptoms, or both, associated with schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of various compounds.

Description

    I. CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/459,784, filed Feb. 16, 2017, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • II. FIELD
  • Provided herein are methods for treating schizophrenia, and various compounds and compositions comprising the compounds, for use therein.
  • III. BACKGROUND
  • Central nervous system disorders affect a wide range of the population with differing severity. Generally, the major feature of this class of disorders includes the significant impairment of cognition or memory that represents a marked deterioration from a previous level of functioning.
  • Schizophrenia is a psychopathic disorder of unknown origin, which usually appears for the first time in early adulthood and is marked by characteristics such as, psychotic symptoms, phasic progression and development, and/or deterioration in social behavior and professional capability. Schizophrenia is also a chronic and disabling disorder with a heterogeneous clinical presentation characterized by symptoms across a range of psychological, behavioral, and cognitive domains. A DSM-5 diagnosis of schizophrenia requires the presence of at least 3 criteria in the domains of positive symptoms (delusions or hallucinations), negative symptoms (diminished emotional expression or avolition), or disorganized thinking/behavior (disorganized speech or grossly disorganized behavior or catatonia). Associated symptoms supporting the diagnosis include symptoms occurring in 2 additional domains of depression/anxiety and hostility/excitement. See, e.g., Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Ed., American Psychiatric Association (2013) (DSM-V™, aka DSM-5).
  • Since its introduction in 1987, the Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale (PANSS), consisting of 30 items, has been the most widely used measure of schizophrenia illness severity, and the PANSS total score is the gold standard primary efficacy measure in acute treatment studies of schizophrenia. Factor analyses of the PANSS have consistently identified 5 factors, which are frequently used as secondary efficacy measures, and which map on to DSM-5 core, and associated, diagnostic criteria: positive symptoms, negative symptoms, disorganized thinking, hostility/excitement, and symptoms of depression/anxiety.
  • Positive symptoms are those, which represent an “excess” of normal experiences, such as hallucinations and delusions. Negative symptoms are those where the patient suffers from a lack of normal experiences, such as anhedonia and lack of social interaction. The cognitive symptoms relate to cognitive impairment in schizophrenics, such as lack of sustained attention and deficits in decision making. The current antipsychotics may be successful in treating the positive symptoms but fare less well for the negative and cognitive symptoms.
  • A significant impediment to establishing the efficacy of new drugs for the treatment of specific symptom domains (e.g., negative symptoms or cognitive dysfunction) is the extent to which PANSS factors are correlated with each other. As a consequence, it has not been possible to determine whether improvement in the severity of symptoms in the five PANSS factors is a domain-specific treatment effect, or is a non-specific effect secondary to observed improvement in correlated PANSS items.
  • Accordingly, although both first and second generation antipsychotic medications have demonstrated significant efficacy in the treatment of positive symptoms of schizophrenia, hostility/excitement, and (to a lesser degree) symptoms of depression/anxiety. However, comparably effective treatment of negative symptoms and cognitive dysfunction remains an unmet need.
  • Therefore, there is a great need for effective treatments for the negative symptoms and cognitive dysfunction symptoms of schizophrenia.
  • IV. SUMMARY
  • Provided herein are various methods for the treatment of the negative symptoms, cognitive dysfunction symptoms, or both, associated with schizophrenia. In various aspects, provided herein are methods of identifying compounds with potential efficacy in the treatment of the negative symptoms, cognitive dysfunction symptoms, or both, associated with schizophrenia. In various aspects, provided herein are methods of treating the negative symptom domain of schizophrenia in prominently negative symptom type subjects. In addition, provided herein are methods of treating the negative symptoms, cognitive dysfunction symptoms, or both, associated with schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • In various aspects provided herein are various methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia.
  • In various aspects provided herein are various methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • In various embodiments, the schizophrenia symptom domain is one or more of the positive domain, the negative domain, the disorganized domain, the affective domain, and the hostility domain. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia symptom sub-domain is one or more of apathy/avolition; and deficit of expression. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia symptom sub-domain is one or more of depression and anxiety.
  • In various aspects provided herein are methods of identifying compounds with potential efficacy in the treatment of a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, or both. In various aspects provided herein are methods of identifying subjects with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom prominently in a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, or both. In various embodiments, provided are methods of identifying compounds with potential efficacy in the treatment of the negative symptoms. In various embodiments, provided herein are methods of identifying subjects with prominently negative symptoms, and methods of treating such subjects comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or stereoisomers thereof:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00001
  • wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, X, Y, Z1, Z2, Z3, m, and n are defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IIa):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00002
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of the formula:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00003
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound comprising one or more compounds of the formulas:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00004
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of the formula:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00005
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound comprising one or more compounds of the formulas:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00006
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IIb):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00007
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IIc):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00008
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of the formula:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00009
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound comprising one or more compounds of the formulas:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00010
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IIa):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00011
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IIIb):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00012
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IIIc):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00013
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IVa):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00014
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of the formula:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00015
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound comprising one or more compounds of the formulas:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00016
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of the formula:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00017
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound comprising one or more compounds of the formulas:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00018
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IVb):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00019
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (IVc):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00020
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (V):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00021
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, Z1, Z3, X, Y, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments of the methods provided herein the therapeutic agent comprises a compound of formula (VI):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00022
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R, R, R6, R7, Z1, Z2, Z3, and m are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various aspects provided are methods of treating specific symptoms, domains of symptoms and/or sub-domains of symptoms of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof. As used herein, a “symptom domain” of schizophrenia refers to one of the five generally recognized domains of schizophrenia: (1) positive, (2) negative, (3) disorganized, (4) affective, and (5) hostility. See, e.g., Marder S R, Davis J M, Chouinard G., J. Clin. Psychiatry. 1997; 58:538-546). In addition, the negative symptom domain and the affective symptom domain each have two recognized symptom sub-domains. The negative domain symptom sub-domains are (a) apathy/avolition; and (b) deficit of expression. The affective domain symptom sub-domains are (a) depression; and (b) anxiety.
  • In addition, it is to be understood that schizophrenia subject populations can be classified by their prominent symptomology. For example, schizophrenia subject can be classified as having prominently positive, prominently hostile, prominently disorganized, prominently affective, or prominently negative symptoms.
  • In various embodiments, the therapeutic agent of a method of the present invention is an antipsychotic agent. In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent is selected from typical antipsychotic agents and atypical antipsychotic agents. In various embodiments, the therapeutic agent is a typical antipsychotic agent. In various embodiments, the therapeutic agent is an atypical antipsychotic agent. In various embodiments, the therapeutic agent is a dopamine antagonist. In various embodiments, the therapeutic agent is a D2 receptor antagonist.
  • In various aspects provided are methods of treating the negative symptoms, cognitive dysfunction symptoms, or both, associated with schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of lurasidone.
  • In various aspects provided are methods of treating the negative symptoms, cognitive dysfunction symptoms, or both, associated with schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of one or more of: aripiprazole cholorpromazine, promazine, thioridazine, haloperidol, clopenthixol, thiothixene, sulpride, spiperone, pimozide, clozapine, fluphenazine, carpipramine, bromperidol, zotepine, amisulpride, levosulpride, emonapride, risperidone, olanzapine, quetiapine, ziprasidone, perospirone, sertindole, paliperidone, blonanserin, asennapine, iloperidone, brexpiprazole, and cariprazine.
  • Provided herein in various embodiments are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a schizophrenia domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score and wherein the schizophrenia domain is selected from the group consisting of prominently positive, prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, prominently affective (depression/anxiety), prominently hostility/excitement, and prominently negative symptoms (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression).
  • In various aspects provided are methods of treating a subject that is part of a schizophrenic symptom sub-population (that is, subjects with symptoms prominently in a specific symptom domain, sub-domain or sub-domains), the methods comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof. In various preferred embodiments, the symptom domain, sub-domain and/or sub-domains are determined using transformed PANSS factors in accord with an embodiments of a method provided herein.
  • In various embodiments, the schizophrenia subject sub-population is selected from the group consisting of subjects with prominently positive, prominently hostile, prominently disorganized, prominently affective, or prominently negative symptoms. In various embodiments, the subject is part of a schizophrenic symptom sub-population having symptoms primarily in the positive symptom domain, the hostile domain, the disorganized thought or thinking symptom domain, the affective symptom domain, or the negative symptom domain. In various embodiments, the subject is part of a schizophrenic symptom sub-population having symptoms prominently in one or more of the negative symptom sub-domains of apathy/avolition and deficit of expression. In various embodiments, the subject is part of a schizophrenic symptom sub-population having symptoms prominently in one or more of the depression/anxiety symptom sub-domains depression and anxiety.
  • The present inventors have discovered methods which can be used to minimize the correlation or decorrelate the PANSS factors and thus ascertain the potential efficacy of a compound and/or treatment for a specific symptom of schizophrenia, and in various particular embodiments, the potential efficacy of a compound and/or treatment for a negative symptom of schizophrenia.
  • In various aspects, the present inventions utilize existing PANSS data and transform that data with score matrix weighting coefficients to generate transformed PANSS factors with minimal between-factor correlation (enhanced orthogonality) while preserving the correspondence to Marder PANSS factors (Marder S R, Davis J M, Chouinard G., J. Clin. Psychiatry. 1997; 58:538-546).
  • Accordingly, in various aspects provided are methods for determining if a drug has potential efficacy for the treatment for a specific symptom of schizophrenia, and in various particular embodiments, the potential efficacy of a compound for treatment of a negative symptom of schizophrenia.
  • In addition, the present inventors have discovered that in various aspects embodiments of the methods used to minimize the correlation or decorrelate the PANSS factors, can be used to classify subjects by their prominent symptomology. Accordingly, in various embodiments provided are methods of identifying subjects with prominently positive, prominently hostile, prominently disorganized, prominently affective, or prominently negative symptoms, and methods of treating such subjects comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • Also provided herein are compositions and dosage forms, comprising a compound provided herein, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. Compositions and dosage forms provided herein may further comprise one or more additional active ingredients.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, and/or managing the negative symptoms, cognitive dysfunction symptoms, or both, associated with schizophrenia. In various embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating, preventing, and/or managing negative symptoms, cognitive dysfunction symptoms, or both, associated with schizophrenia in a subject, such as a mammal, such as, e.g., human, rodent (such as, e.g., mice and rats), cat, dog, non-human primate, among others. In various embodiments, the methods comprises contacting a compound (provided herein and/or selected employing the methods provided herein) with one or more receptors of the central nervous system. In various embodiments, the methods comprise contacting a cell, where in various embodiments the cell is a brain cell, such as, e.g., a neuronal cell or a glial cell.
  • V. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • In the accompanying drawings like reference numerals indicate like elements and features in the various figures. For clarity, not every element may be labeled in every figure. In addition, the drawings are not necessarily complete when viewed without reference to the text, emphasis instead being placed upon illustrating the principles of the inventions.
  • FIG. 1 presents a correlation matrix heat map of PANSS item scores for all patients at baseline (N=1710). The dendrogram (far right) displays clustering of related items according to a distance metric (1-r2), where closely related items were more correlated than distantly related items (x-axis). The branches are labeled according to the clustering of items. Each row corresponds to an item in PANSS (labeled on far left) with identity to each column in the correlation matrix along the diagonal. The columns under heading MARDER FACTORS collect correlations between each item rating and each of 5 Marder PANSS factor scores vs rows. Items identified by the Marder model are labeled with letters as follows: P for positive, D for disorganized, A for anxiety/depression, H for hostility, and N for negative. The CORRELATION MATRIX is shaded according to Pearson's r value between each item (higher absolute values of r having a darker shading) and is symmetrical across the diagonal. Boxed areas identify clusters of items with higher correlations (darker shading) and correspond to the clustering in the dendrogram branches.
  • FIG. 2 presents a correlation matrix heat map of PANSS item scores for all observations' change from baseline. Correlations of individual item change scores (rows) are shown relative to the transformed PANSS factor change scores (columns under heading TRANSFORMED FACTORS), or relative to the Marder PANSS factors. Transformed PANSS factors were calculated using the coefficients of the score matrix (see FIG. 4 and Table 4A). The relatively low correlations among items outside of their respective (transformed) factor illustrates specific associations of items with distinct transformed PANSS factors, relative to Marder PANSS factor scores which have substantial correlations outside of their respective PANSS factors. The amount of variance explained by each PANSS factor was identified and labeled for each transformed PANSS factor. The CORRELATION MATRIX is shaded according to Pearson's r value between each item, and corresponds by row to the dendrogram at the far right. Branches in the dendrogram are labeled according to clustering of items, and correspond to boxes along the diagonal of the correlation matrix.
  • FIG. 3A shows a Forest plot of the effect size change from baseline for placebo. Profile of improvements (change from baseline) in schizophrenia symptoms estimated using PANSS factors. In the left panel of FIG. 3A, shown are within-treatment effect sizes (with 95% CI) for placebo for change from baseline at week 6 endpoint, based on the Marder PANSS factors. In the right panel of FIG. 3A, the same within-treatment effect sizes at endpoint are shown based on the transformed PANSS factors. Transformed PANSS factors were calculated using the coefficients of the score matrix (see FIG. 4 and Table 4A).
  • FIG. 3B shows a Forest plot of the effect size change from baseline for treatment with lurasidone. Profile of active drug effects on schizophrenia symptom domains. In the left panel of FIG. 3B, shown are lurasidone vs placebo effect sizes (with 95% CI) for change from baseline at week 6 endpoint, based on the Marder PANSS factors. In the right panel of FIG. 3B, the same lurasidone vs placebo effect sizes at endpoint are shown based on the transformed PANSS factors. Drug effects were constructed using a pool of all lurasidone doses (40, 80, 120, or 160 mg/day, total N=993) and excluded active comparators (olanzapine, quetiapine-XR). To examine placebo effects on PANSS factors, placebo treated patients (N=484) were pooled across all studies. Transformed PANSS factors were calculated using the coefficients of the score matrix (see FIG. 4 and Table 4A).
  • FIG. 4 presents the transformation matrix, also referred to herein as the score matrix and Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM), that was used to transform Marder PANSS factor data to transformed PANSS factor data. The score matrix itself comprises the matrix from Columns 7 to 13 (inclusive) and rows 2 to 30 (inclusive), and is also presented in Table 4A. Column 1 provides the PANSS factor transformed (e.g. provide the order of the PANSS column vector) and column 14 the name for this PANSS factor. Columns 2 to 6 illustrate the correspondence between the PANSS factors and the associated Marder PANSS factors (here also diagnostic symptom domains), and the traditional weighting of PANSS factors as either “0” or “1.” In FIG. 4, the following abbreviations are used: “POS” means positive symptoms; “DIS” means disorganized thoughts; “NAA” means negative symptoms of apathy/avolition; “NDE” means negative symptom of deficit of expression; “HOS” means hostility; “NEG” means, negative symptoms; “ANX” means anxiety; and “DEP” means depression; “DEP/ANX” means depression/anxiety.
  • FIG. 5 presents the correlation coefficients among the transformed PANSS factor scores for the validation data of Example 1. Column of the table of FIG. 5 indicates if the study used was from the analysis or validation data set; column 2 the study; column 3 the study design; column 4 the number of subjects; column 5 the study duration; column 6 the transformed PANSS factors (Nfactor) total versus the PANSS factor total; columns 7-10 the Pearson's correlation coefficients between the transformed PANSS factor scores for Positive symptoms (POS) and the other transformed PANSS factor scores (e.g. DIS, AA, DE and HOS); and columns 11-13 the transformed PANSS factor subtotals versus the transformed PANSS factor scores for Positive symptoms. Correlations are presented for change scores to study endpoint for the indicated duration of column 5. The following abbreviations are used: “RCT” means Randomized placebo-Controlled Trial in acute schizophrenia; “RWS” means Randomized Withdrawal Study at endpoint of Open Label (“OL”) or Double Blind (“DB”) period; “POS” means positive symptoms; “DIS” or “Dis” means disorganized thoughts; “AA” also “NAA” means negative symptoms of apathy/avolition; “DE” also “NDE” means negative symptom of deficit of expression; “HOS” or “Hos” means hostility; and “NEG” or “Neg” means, negative symptoms.
  • VI. DETAILED DESCRIPTION A. Definitions
  • Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as those commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. In certain embodiments, abbreviations are as defined in J. Org. Chem. 2007, 72, 23A. All publications and patents referred to herein are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. As used in the specification and the accompanying claims, the indefinite articles “a” and “an” and the definite article “the” include plural as well as singular referents, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms “drug” and “therapeutic agent” refer to a compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, which is administered to a subject for treating, preventing, managing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a condition, disorder, or disease.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms “active ingredient” and “active substance” refer to a compound, which is administered, alone or in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, to a subject for treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a condition, disorder, or disease. As used herein, “active ingredient” and “active substance” may be an optically active isomer of a compound described herein.
  • As used herein, the term “subject,” to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, humans (i.e., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g., infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle-aged adult or senior adult)) and/or other primates (e.g., cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys); mammals, including commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, cats, and/or dogs; and/or birds, including commercially relevant birds such as chickens, ducks, geese, quail, and/or turkeys.
  • As used herein, the terms “treatment,” “treat,” and “treating” refer to reversing, alleviating, delaying the onset of, or inhibiting the progress of a disease or disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof, including but not limited to therapeutic benefit. In various embodiments, treatment may be administered after one or more symptoms have developed. In other embodiments, treatment may be administered in the absence of symptoms. For example, treatment may be administered to a subject prior to the onset of symptoms (e.g., in light of a history of symptoms and/or in light of genetic or other susceptibility factors). Treatment may also be continued after symptoms have resolved, for example to prevent or delay their recurrence.
  • Therapeutic benefit includes eradication and/or amelioration of the underlying disorder being treated; it also includes the eradication and/or amelioration of one or more of the symptoms associated with the underlying disorder such that an improvement is observed in the subject, notwithstanding that the subject may still be afflicted with the underlying disorder. In various embodiments, “treatment” or “treating” includes one or more of the following: (a) inhibiting the disorder (for example, decreasing one or more symptoms resulting from the disorder, and/or diminishing the extent of the disorder); (b) slowing or arresting the development of one or more symptoms associated with the disorder (for example, stabilizing the disorder and/or delaying the worsening or progression of the disorder); and/or (c) relieving the disorder (for example, causing the regression of clinical symptoms, ameliorating the disorder, delaying the progression of the disorder, and/or increasing quality of life.)
  • As used herein, the term “therapeutically effective amount” or “effective amount” refers to an amount that is effective to elicit the desired biological or medical response, including the amount of a compound that, when administered to a subject for treating a disorder, is sufficient to effect such treatment of the disorder. The effective amount will vary depending on the compound, the disorder, and its severity, and the age, weight, etc. of the subject to be treated. The effective amount may be in one or more doses (for example, a single dose or multiple doses may be required to achieve the desired treatment endpoint). An effective amount may be considered to be given in an effective amount if, in conjunction with one or more other agents, a desirable or beneficial result may be or is achieved. Suitable doses of any co-administered compounds may optionally be lowered due to the combined action, additive or synergistic, of the compound.
  • As used herein, an “at risk” individual is an individual who is at risk of developing a disorder to be treated. This may be shown, for example, by one or more risk factors, which are measurable parameters that correlate with development of a disorder and are known in the art.
  • As used herein, “prevention” or “preventing” refers to a regimen that protects against the onset of the disorder such that the clinical symptoms of the disorder do not develop. Accordingly, “prevention” relates to administration of a therapy, including administration of a compound disclosed herein, to a subject before signs of the diseases are detectable in the subject (for example, administration of a compound disclosed herein to a subject in the absence of a detectable syndrome of the disorder). The subject may be an individual at risk of developing the disorder. The terms encompass the inhibition or reduction of a symptom of the particular disease. Patients with familial history of a disease in particular are candidates for preventive regimens in certain embodiments. In addition, patients who have a history of recurring symptoms are also potential candidates for the prevention. In this regard, the term “prevention” may be interchangeably used with the term “prophylactic treatment.”
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, a “prophylactically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to prevent a disease or disorder, or prevent its recurrence. A prophylactically effective amount of a compound means an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other agents, which provides a prophylactic benefit in the prevention of the disease. The term “prophylactically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall prophylaxis or enhances the prophylactic efficacy of another prophylactic agent.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms “manage,” “managing,” and “management” refer to preventing or slowing the progression, spread or worsening of a disease or disorder, or of one or more symptoms associated with the disease or disorder. In one embodiment, such symptoms are those known to a person of skill in the art to be associated with the disease or disorder being managed. Often, the beneficial effects that a subject derives from a prophylactic and/or therapeutic agent do not result in a cure of the disease or disorder. In this regard, the term “managing” encompasses treating a patient who had suffered from the particular disease in an attempt to prevent or minimize the recurrence of the disease.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the various PANSS factors terms: (P01) delusions, (P02) conceptual disorganization, (P03) hallucinations, (P04) excitement, (P05) grandiosity, (P06) suspiciousness/persecution, and (P07) hostility, (N01) blunted affect, (N02) emotional withdrawal, (N03) poor rapport, (N04) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, (N05) difficulty in abstract thinking, (N06) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, and (N07) stereotyped thinking, (G01) somatic concern, (G02) anxiety, (G03) guilt feelings, (G04) tension, (G05) mannerisms and posturing, (G06) depression, (G07) motor retardation, (G08) uncooperativeness, (G09) unusual thought content, (G10) disorientation, (G11) poor attention, (G12) lack of judgment and insight, (G13) disturbance of volition, (G14) poor impulse control, (G15) preoccupation, and (G16) active social avoidance; are used herein in a manner consistent with their accepted meanings in the art. See, e.g., Marder S R, Davis J M, Chouinard G., J. Clin. Psychiatry. 1997; 58:538-546). It is to be understood that the notations in parenthesis, for example (P01), (N05), (G12), etc., are used for ease of reference and convenience.
  • The general psychopathology factors are (G01) somatic concern, (G02) anxiety, (G03) guilt feelings, (G04) tension, (G05) mannerisms and posturing, (G06) depression, (G07) motor retardation, (G08) uncooperativeness, (G09) unusual thought content, (G10) disorientation, (G11) poor attention, (G12) lack of judgment and insight, (G13) disturbance of volition, (G14) poor impulse control, (G15) preoccupation, and (G16) active social avoidance.
  • The Marder PANSS factor domains are positive, disorganized, affective, hostility, and negative. The Marder PANSS factor domain of negative comprises two subdomains: apathy/avolition and deficit of expression. The Marder PANSS factor domain of affective comprises two subdomains: depression and anxiety. In various embodiments, an untransformed Marder PANSS positive factor is based on the Marder PANSS positive factor domain comprised of PANSS factors: (P01) delusions, (P03) hallucinatory behavior, (P05) grandiosity, (P06) suspiciousness/persecution, (N07) stereotyped thinking, (G01) somatic concern, (G09) unusual thought content, and (G12) lack of judgment and insight. In various embodiments, an untransformed Marder PANSS disorganized factor is based on the Marder PANSS disorganized factor domain comprised of PANSS factors: (P02) conceptual disorganization, (N05) difficulty in abstract thinking, (G05) mannerisms and posturing, (G10) disorientation, (G11) poor attention, (G13) disturbance of volition, and (G15) preoccupation. In various embodiments, an untransformed Marder PANSS affective factor is based on the Marder PANSS affective factor domain comprised of PANSS factors: (G02) anxiety, (G03) guilt feelings, (G04) tension, and (G06) depression. In various embodiments, an untransformed Marder PANSS hostility factor is based on the Marder PANSS hostility factor domain comprised of PANSS factors: (P04) excitement, (P07) hostility, (G08) uncooperativeness, and (G14) poor impulse control. In various embodiments, an untransformed Marder PANSS negative factor is based on the Marder PANSS negative factor domain comprised of PANSS factors: (N01) blunted affect, (N02) emotional withdrawal, (N03) poor rapport, (N04) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, (N06) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, (G07) motor retardation, and (G16) active social avoidance. In various embodiments, an untransformed Marder PANSS depression subdomain factor is based on the PANSS factors: (G03) guilt feelings, and (G06) depression. In various embodiments, an untransformed Marder PANSS anxiety subdomain factor is based on the PANSS factors: (G02) anxiety, and (G04) tension. In various embodiments, an untransformed Marder PANSS apathy/avolition subdomain factor is based on the PANSS factors: (N02) emotional withdrawal, (N04) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, and (G16) active social avoidance. In various embodiments, an untransformed Marder PANSS deficit of expression subdomain factor is based on the PANSS factors: (N01) blunted affect, (N03) poor rapport, (N06) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, and (G07) motor retardation.
  • It is to be understood that an untransformed Marder PANSS factor is also referred to herein simply as a PANSS factor, or untransformed PANSS factor, as will be evident to those of ordinary skill in the art based on context.
  • It is to be understood that typical positive schizophrenia symptoms are: (1) delusions, (2) conceptual disorganization, (3) hallucinations, (4) excitement, (5) grandiosity, (6) suspiciousness/persecution, and (7) hostility.
  • It is to be understood that typical negative schizophrenia symptoms are: (1) blunted affect, (2) emotional withdrawal, (3) poor rapport, (4) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, (5) difficulty in abstract thinking, (6) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, and (7) stereotyped thinking.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms “psychosis,” “schizophrenia,” “blunted affect,” “emotional withdrawal,” “poor rapport,” “passive/apathetic social withdrawal,” “difficulty in abstract thinking,” “lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation,” “stereotyped thinking,” “delusions,” “conceptual disorganization,” “hallucinations,” “excitement,” “grandiosity,” “suspiciousness/persecution,” “hostility,” and other CNS or neurological disorders or symptoms described herein elsewhere are used herein in a manner consistent with their accepted meanings in the art. See, e.g., Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Ed., American Psychiatric Association (2013) (DSM-V™).
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “seizure” refers to a neurological disorder and may be used interchangeably with “convulsion,” although there are many types of seizure, some of which have subtle or mild symptoms instead of convulsions. In one embodiment, the term “seizure” as used herein is intended to encompass “convulsion.” In various embodiments, seizures may be caused by disorganized and sudden electrical activity in the brain. In various embodiments, convulsions are a rapid and uncontrollable shaking during which the muscles contract and relax repeatedly. Unless otherwise specified, the terms “convulsion” and “seizure” are used herein in accordance with the accepted meanings as found in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Ed., American Psychiatric Association (2013) (DSM-V™).
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “affective disorder” includes depression, attention deficit disorder, attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity, bipolar disorder, and manic disorder, and the like.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “depression” includes all forms of depression, including, but not limited to, major depressive disorder (MDD) or unipolar depressive disorder, dysthymia, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), and bipolar depressive disorder. “Major depressive disorder” is used herein interchangeably with “unipolar depression”, “unipolar depressive disorder”, and “major depression.” “Depression” may also include any condition commonly associated with depression, such as all forms of fatigue (e.g., chronic fatigue syndrome) and cognitive deficits.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise indicated, the term “alkyl” refers to a linear or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical, wherein the alkyl may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the alkyl is a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical that has 1 to 20 (C1-20), 1 to 15 (C1-15), 1 to 12 (C1-12), 1 to 10 (C1-10), or 1 to 6 (C1-6) carbon atoms, or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 20 (C3-20), 3 to 15 (C3-15), 3 to 12 (C3-12), 3 to 10 (C3-10), or 3 to 6 (C3-6) carbon atoms. As used herein, linear C1-6 and branched C3-6 alkyl groups are also referred as “lower alkyl.” Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, and t-butyl), pentyl (including all isomeric forms), and hexyl (including all isomeric forms). For example, C1-6 alkyl refers to a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the alkyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “alkenyl” refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one to five, carbon-carbon double bonds. The alkenyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents. The term “alkenyl” also encompasses radicals having “cis” and “trans” configurations, or alternatively, “E” and “Z” configurations, as appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, C2-6 alkenyl refers to a linear unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the alkenyl is a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 20 (C2-20), 2 to 15 (C2-15), 2 to 12 (C2-12), 2 to 10 (C2-10), or 2 to 6 (C2-6) carbon atoms, or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 20 (C3-20), 3 to 15 (C3-15), 3 to 12 (C3-12), 3 to 10 (C3-10), or 3 to 6 (C3-6) carbon atoms. Examples of alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propen-1-yl, propen-2-yl, allyl, butenyl, and 4-methylbutenyl. In certain embodiments, the alkenyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “alkynyl” refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one to five, carbon-carbon triple bonds. The alkynyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl is a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 20 (C2-20), 2 to 15 (C2-15), 2 to 12 (C2-12), 2 to 10 (C2-10), or 2 to 6 (C2-6) carbon atoms, or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 20 (C3-20), 3 to 15 (C3-15), 3 to 12 (C3-12), 3 to 10 (C3-10), or 3 to 6 (C3-6) carbon atoms. Examples of alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (—C≡CH) and propargyl (—CH2C≡CH). For example, C2-6 alkynyl refers to a linear unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “cycloalkyl” refers to a cyclic fully or partially saturated bridged and/or non-bridged hydrocarbon radical or ring system, which may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl has from 3 to 20 (C3-20), from 3 to 15 (C3-15), from 3 to 12 (C3-12), from 3 to 10 (C3-10), or from 3 to 7 (C3-7) carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, decalinyl, and adamantyl. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “heteroalkyl” refers to a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one or more, in one embodiment, one to three, heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, Si, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom can optionally be quaternized. In one embodiment, the heteroatom(s) O, N and S can be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. In one embodiment, the heteroatom Si can be placed at any position of the heteroalkyl group (e.g., interior or terminal position), including the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples include, but are not limited to, —CH2—CH2—O—CH3, —CH2—CH2—NH—CH3, —CH2—CH2—N(CH3)—CH3, —CH2—S—CH2—CH3, —CH2—CH2—S(O)—CH3, —CH2—CH2—S(O)2—CH3, —CH═CH—O—CH3, —Si(CH3)3, —CH2—CH═N—OCH3, and —CH═CH—N(CH3)—CH3. Up to two heteroatoms can be consecutive, such as, for example, —CH2—NH—O—CH3 and —CH2—O—Si(CH3)3. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “alkoxyl” refers to a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one or more, in one embodiment, one to three, O atoms. Examples of alkoxyl include, but are not limited to, —O—CH3, —O—CF3, —O—CH2—CH3, —O—CH2—CH2—CH3, —O—CH—(CH3)2, and —O—CH2—CH2—O—CH3. In one embodiment, the alkoxyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “aminoalkyl” refers to a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one or more, in one embodiment, one to three, N atoms. Examples of aminoalkyl include, but are not limited to, —NH—CH3, —N(CH3)2, —NH—CH2—CH3, —N(CH3)—CH2—CH3, —NH—CH—(CH3)2, —CH2—CH2—NH—CH3, and —CH2—CH2—N(CH3)2. In one embodiment, the aminoalkyl is optionally substituted as described herein elsewhere. In various embodiments, the aminoalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “aryl” refers to an optionally substituted monocyclic or multicyclic radical or ring system that contains at least one aromatic hydrocarbon ring. In certain embodiments, the aryl has from 6 to 20, from 6 to 15, or from 6 to 10 ring atoms. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, fluorenyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, pyrenyl, biphenyl, and terphenyl. In certain embodiments, aryl also refers to bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic carbon rings, where one of the rings is aromatic and the other(s) of the rings may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic, for example, dihydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl (tetralinyl). In certain embodiments, aryl may be a bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, where at least one of the rings is aromatic and one or more of the ring(s) is/are saturated or partially unsaturated containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N. In certain embodiments, the aryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described herein elsewhere.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “arylalkyl” or “aralkyl” refers to a monovalent alkyl group substituted with aryl. Example of aralkyl includes, but is not limited to, benzyl. In certain embodiments, both alkyl and aryl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described herein elsewhere.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “cycloalkylalkyl” refers to a monovalent alkyl group substituted with cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, both the alkyl and cycloalkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described herein elsewhere.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “heteroaryl” refers to an optionally substituted monocyclic or multicyclic radical or ring system which contains at least one aromatic ring having one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N. In one embodiment, each ring of a heteroaryl group can contain one or two O atoms, one or two S atoms, and/or one to four N atoms, provided that the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl has from 5 to 20, from 5 to 15, or from 5 to 10 ring atoms. In certain embodiments, heteroaryl also refers to bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic rings, where one of the rings is aromatic having one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N, and the other(s) of the rings may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic and may be carbocyclic or contain one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N. Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, furanyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, and triazolyl. Examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, furopyridyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazothiazolyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isobenzothienyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxazolopyridinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyridopyridyl, pyrrolopyridyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, thiadiazolopyrimidyl, and thienopyridyl. Examples of tricyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, acridinyl, benzindolyl, carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, and xanthenyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described herein elsewhere.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” refers to an optionally substituted monocyclic or multicyclic radical or ring system which contains at least one non-aromatic ring having one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N, and the remaining ring atoms are carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkyl group has from 3 to 20, from 3 to 15, from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, from 4 to 7, or from 5 to 6 ring atoms. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkyl is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, which may include a fused or bridged ring system, and in which the nitrogen or sulfur atoms may be optionally oxidized, the nitrogen atoms may be optionally quaternized, the ring carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with oxo, and some rings may be partially or fully saturated, or aromatic. The heterocycloalkyl or heterocyclyl may be attached to the main structure at a heteroatom or a carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable compound. Examples include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, benzodioxanyl, benzodioxolyl, benzofuranonyl, benzopyranonyl, benzopyranyl, benzotetrahydrofuranyl, benzotetrahydrothienyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzoxazinyl, β-carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromonyl, cinnolinyl, coumarinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, dihydrobenzisothiazinyl, dihydrobenzisoxazinyl, dihydrofuryl, dihydroisoindolyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyridinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl, dioxolanyl, 1,4-dithianyl, furanonyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, indolinyl, isobenzotetrahydrofuranyl, isobenzotetrahydrothienyl, isochromanyl, isocoumarinyl, isoindolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, oxazolidinonyl, oxazolidinyl, oxiranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, and 1,3,5-trithianyl. In certain embodiments, when the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkyl ring contains one or more O, the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkyl may also be referred to as “cycloalkoxyl.” In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as described herein elsewhere.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “halogen”, “halide” or “halo” refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “hydrogen” encompasses proton (1H), deuterium (2H), tritium (3H), and/or mixtures thereof. In a compound described herein, one or more positions occupied by hydrogen may be enriched with deuterium and/or tritium. Such isotopically enriched analogs may be prepared from suitable isotopically labeled starting material obtained from a commercial source or prepared using known literature procedures.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “optionally substituted” is intended to mean that a group, such as an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, may be substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from, e.g., (a) C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q1; and (b) halo, cyano (—CN), nitro (—NO2), —C(O)Ra, —C(O)ORa, —C(O)NRbRc, —C(NRa)NRbRc, —ORa, —OC(O)Ra, —OC(O)ORa, —OC(O)NRbRc, —OC(═NRa)NRbRc, —OS(O)Ra, —OS(O)2Ra, —OS(O)NRbRc, —OS(O)2NRbRc, —NRbRc, —NRaC(O)Rd, —NRaC(O)ORd, —NRaC(O)NRbRc, —NRaC(═NRd)NRbRc, —NRaS(O)Rd, —NRaS(O)2Rd, —NRaS(O)NRbRc, —NRaS(O)2NRbRc, —SRa, —S(O)Ra, —S(O)2Ra, —S(O)NRbRc, and —S(O)2NRbRc, wherein each Ra, Rb, Rc, and Rd is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q1; or (iii) Rb and Rc together with the N atom to which they are attached form heteroaryl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q1. As used herein, all groups that can be substituted are “optionally substituted,” unless otherwise specified.
  • In one embodiment, each Q1 is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) cyano, halo, and nitro; and (b) C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and (c) —C(O)Re, —C(O)ORe, —C(O)NRfRg, —C(NRe)NRfRg, —ORe, —OC(O)Re, —OC(O)ORe, —OC(O)NRfRg, —OC(═NRe)NRfRg, —OS(O)Re, —OS(O)2Re, —OS(O)NRfRg, —OS(O)2NRfRg, —NR, —NReC(O)Rh, —NRC(O)ORh, —NReC(O)NRfRg, —NReC(═NRh)NRfRg, —NReS(O)Rh, —NReS(O)2Rh, —NRS(O)NRfRg, —NReS(O)2NRfRg, —SRe, —S(O)Re, —S(O)2Re, —S(O)NRfRg, and —S(O)2NRfRg; wherein each Re, Rf, Rg, and Rh is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) Rf and Rg together with the N atom to which they are attached form heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic acids and organic acids. Suitable non-toxic acids include inorganic and organic acids, such as, including but not limited to, acetic, alginic, anthranilic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethenesulfonic, formic, fumaric, furoic, gluconic, glutamic, glucorenic, galacturonic, glycidic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, propionic, phosphoric, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, sulfuric, tartaric acid, and p-toluenesulfonic.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “solvate” refers to a compound provided herein or a salt thereof, which further includes a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount of solvent bound by non-covalent intermolecular forces. Where the solvent is water, the solvate is a hydrate.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “stereoisomer” encompasses all enantiomerically/diastereomerically/stereomerically pure and enantiomerically/diastereomerically/stereomerically enriched compounds provided herein.
  • As used herein and unless otherwise specified, the term “stereomerically pure” means a composition that comprises one stereoisomer of a compound and is substantially free of other stereoisomers of that compound. For example, a stereomerically pure composition of a compound having one chiral center will be substantially free of the opposite enantiomer of the compound. A stereomerically pure composition of a compound having two chiral centers will be substantially free of other diastereomers of the compound. A typical stereomerically pure compound comprises greater than about 80% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 20% by weight of other stereoisomers of the compound, greater than about 90% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 10% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, greater than about 95% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 5% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, greater than about 97% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 3% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, or greater than about 99% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 1% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound.
  • As used herein and unless otherwise indicated, the term “stereomerically enriched” means a composition that comprises greater than about 55% by weight of one stereoisomer of a compound, greater than about 60% by weight of one stereoisomer of a compound, greater than about 70% by weight, or greater than about 80% by weight of one stereoisomer of a compound.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise indicated, the term “enantiomerically pure” means a stereomerically pure composition of a compound having one chiral center. Similarly, the term “enantiomerically enriched” means a stereomerically enriched composition of a compound having one chiral center.
  • In certain embodiments, as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, “optically active” and “enantiomerically active” refer to a collection of molecules, which has an enantiomeric excess or diastereomeric excess of no less than about 50%, no less than about 70%, no less than about 80%, no less than about 90%, no less than about 91%, no less than about 92%, no less than about 93%, no less than about 94%, no less than about 95%, no less than about 96%, no less than about 97%, no less than about 98%, no less than about 99%, no less than about 99.5%, or no less than about 99.8%. In certain embodiments, the compound comprises about 95% or more of the desired enantiomer or diastereomer and about 5% or less of the less preferred enantiomer or diastereomer based on the total weight of the racemate in question.
  • In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The (+) and (−) are used to denote the optical rotation of the compound, that is, the direction in which a plane of polarized light is rotated by the optically active compound. The (−) prefix indicates that the compound is levorotatory, that is, the compound rotates the plane of polarized light to the left or counterclockwise. The (+) prefix indicates that the compound is dextrorotatory, that is, the compound rotates the plane of polarized light to the right or clockwise. However, the sign of optical rotation, (+) and (−), is not related to the absolute configuration of the molecule, R and S.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “about” or “approximately” means an acceptable error for a particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which depends in part on how the value is measured or determined. In certain embodiments, the term “about” or “approximately” means within 1, 2, 3, or 4 standard deviations. In certain embodiments, the term “about” or “approximately” means within 50%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, 0.1%, or 0.05% of a given value or range.
  • As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient,” “physiologically acceptable carrier,” or “physiologically acceptable excipient” refers to a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition, or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, solvent, or encapsulating material. In one embodiment, each component is “pharmaceutically acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of a pharmaceutical formulation, and suitable for use in contact with the tissue or organ of humans and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, immunogenicity, or other problems or complications, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. See, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins: Philadelphia, Pa., 2005; Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 5th Edition, Rowe et al., Eds., The Pharmaceutical Press and the American Pharmaceutical Association: 2005; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives, 3rd Edition, Ash and Ash Eds., Gower Publishing Company: 2007; Pharmaceutical Preformulation and Formulation, 2nd Edition, Gibson Ed., CRC Press LLC: Boca Raton, Fla., 2009.
  • B. Methods
  • For decades, the PANSS has been the most widely used measure for evaluating efficacy in randomized clinical trials of acute schizophrenia. However, attribution of specific treatment-related improvements among the various symptom domains within PANSS is limited by the high degree of correlation between PANSS factors. As a consequence, apparent improvement in key clinical domains (e.g., negative symptoms, disorganized thinking/behavior) may largely be attributable to scoring of a correlated clinical domain, such as positive symptoms, a problem frequently referred to as pseudospecificity.
  • Previous attempts at targeting specific symptom domains, sub-domains or patient sub-populations (e.g. patients with symptoms prominently in a specific symptom sub-domain or sub-domains) have not resulted in regulatory approval, in large measure because multidimensional scales such as the PANSS have not overcome the hurdle of pseudospecificity, i.e., the strong correlation between traditional PANSS factors.
  • The present inventors have discovered methods which can be used to minimize the correlation or decorrelate the PANSS factors and thus ascertain the potential efficacy of a compound and/or treatment for a specific symptom of schizophrenia, and in various particular embodiments, the potential efficacy of a compound and/or treatment for a negative symptom of schizophrenia.
  • In various embodiments, methods of the present inventions provide a solution to the problem of pseudospecificity, by validating orthogonal, minimally correlated measures of key clinical domains.
  • Traditional PANSS factors can be significantly correlated, as a consequence, it has not been possible to determine whether improvement in the severity of symptoms in the five PANSS factors is a domain-specific treatment effect, or is a non-specific effect secondary to observed improvement in correlated PANSS items. The inventors have conducted an analysis of PANSS data from a 6-week treatment study of lurasidone that illustrates such correlation.
  • The analysis sample consisted of PANSS data derived from 5 similarly-designed, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 6-week treatment studies of lurasidone or active comparator for the treatment of patients with an acute exacerbation of schizophrenia. Patients (N=1,710) were included in this analysis if they had received at least one dose of study drug, and had at least one post-baseline PANSS assessment. The analysis pooled all lurasidone doses (40, 80, 120, or 160 mg/d, total N=993), and excluded active comparators (olanzapine, quetiapine-XR). To examine placebo effects on PANSS factors, placebo treated patients (N=484) were pooled across all studies. Herein also referred to as the “PANSS Analysis Study.”
  • To visualize the relatedness among PANSS items, dendrograms were calculated using correlations between items at baseline, and separately using correlations between items in change post baseline. Items with more correlation were considered more closely related and were shown with shorter pairwise branch distances in a dendrogram. Dendrograms were calculated based on the unweighted average distance method in MATLAB R2016a2, and using a distance metric of 1−r2, where r is the Pearson correlation between two items.
  • FIG. 1 presents the correlation matrix heat map of PANSS item scores calculated for all patients at baseline. Schizophrenia symptoms, present at baseline in the pooled sample (N=1,710), were clustered according to the relative correlations among the 30 PANSS items. The baseline correlation matrix identified substantial correlations among PANSS items. To identify clustering of related items, a dendrogram of baseline symptoms was plotted using the correlation matrix as a distance metric. The dendrogram of FIG. 1 (far right), displays clustering of related items according to the distance metric 1−r2, where closely related items are more correlated than distantly related items (x-axis). Clusters of items visible as 5 major branches in the dendrogram were identified as 5 domains of psychopathology. The branches are labeled according to the clustering of items.
  • Ratings on items identified by the original PANSS factor model of Marder (Marder S R, Davis J M, Chouinard G., J. Clin. Psychiatry. 1997; 58:538-546) were summed (with equal weighting) to show correlations between individual PANSS items and the 5 Marder PANSS factors (see FIG. 1). A correspondence was found between the Marder PANSS factors, and branches in the dendrogram.
  • The change-from-baseline was then examined in the 30 PANSS items. The correlation matrix identified substantial correlations among individual PANSS item change scores. Referring to FIG. 2, a second dendrogram of the PANSS item change scores was plotted to identify clustering of related items using the correlation matrix of change scores as a distance metric, shown in FIG. 2. The dendrogram of FIG. 2 suggested that change-from-baseline in PANSS items exhibited a clustering that was similar to that observed for PANSS items at baseline. In the branch of negative symptoms, for example, the same two distinct subfactors (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression) were evident in both change-from-baseline, and at baseline. Table 1 shows the Pearson's correlation coefficients between the Marder PANSS factors, where the following abbreviations are used: POS, positive symptoms; DIS, disorganized thoughts; Neg, negative symptoms; Hos/Exc, hostility/excitement; Anx/Dep, anxiety/depression; Tot, total.
  • TABLE 1
    Correlations Among Marder PANSS Factor
    Scores (Week 6 Change from Baseline)
    Marder PANSS factors Pos Neg Anx/Dep Dis Hos/Exc Tot
    Positive Symptoms 1
    Negative Symptoms 0.57 1
    Anxiety/Depression 0.52 0.40 1
    Disorganized Thought 0.74 0.62 0.45 1
    Hostility/Excitement 0.64 0.43 0.46 0.59 1
    PANSS Total 0.90 0.77 0.66 0.86 0.77 1
  • The analysis of baseline-to-endpoint change in the current pooled data set revealed substantial correlations among the Marder PANSS factors as can be seen in Table 1. For example, endpoint (week 6) change in the Marder PANSS positive factor score was highly correlated with endpoint change in the Marder PANSS negative (r=0.57), PANSS disorganized (r=0.74), PANSS hostile (r=0.64), and PANSS depressed (r=0.52) factor scores.
  • The present inventors have discovered methods which can be used to minimize the correlation or decorrelate PANSS factors. Despite the availability of dozens of agents across two generations of antipsychotic drugs, there is broad consensus that there remains an unmet need for effective treatments of key clinical dimensions of schizophrenia, most notably negative symptoms and cognitive dysfunction. In various aspects and embodiments, the present inventions provide orthogonal, minimally correlated measures of severity across key symptom domains and/or patient sub-populations, which, for example, could be used by clinicians to more clearly delineate the efficacy of drugs in treating symptom domain, symptom sub-domains and/or patient sub-populations (e.g. patients with symptoms prominently in a specific symptom sub-domain or sub-domains).
  • In various embodiments, the methods provide transformed PANSS factor score estimates by differentially weighting each PANSS item to optimize its contribution to the relevant factor, while minimizing the contribution of the item to other PANSS factors.
  • In various embodiments, a score matrix (also referred to herein as an Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix, abbreviated UPSM) is used to transform PANSS factor data into transformed PANSS factor data, where the transformed PANSS factors have reduced or minimal correlation between them.
  • In various embodiments, the methods transform a PANSS data set comprising 30 PANSS factors (see. e.g., Table 4A, column 8, and Table 4B) to produce a data set described by 7 transformed PANSS factors. For example, in various embodiments, the PANSS factors are as listed in Table 4B and the score matrix portion of Table 4A is used to transform the PANSS data substantially as follows:

  • [PANSS Data](N×30)*[UPSM](30×7)=[Transformed PANSS Factor Data](N×7)
  • where [PANSS Data](N×30) is a matrix with N PANSS assessments and 30 columns for 30 PANSS factors to be transformed; [UPSM](30×7) is a matrix with 30 rows (one for each PANSS item) and 7 columns (one for each of the 7 Transformed PANSS Factors); and [Transformed PANSS Factor Data](N×7) is the transformed matrix with N PANSS assessments in the 7 columns for 7 Transformed PANSS factors. That is, the coefficients of the uncorrelated PANSS score matrix (the UPSM is a matrix of 30 rows, one of r each PANSS item, ×7 columns, one for each transformed PANSS Factor) are used to transform individual PANSS assessments (ratings expressed either as change from baseline, or as absolute ratings) to reduce 30 items into 7 factor scores (transformed PANSS factor scores) for each PANSS assessment. Each column of the UPSM contains coefficients to multiply the corresponding item scores of PANSS.
  • In various embodiments, a score matrix for any set of PANSS factors is determined by a maximum likelihood factor analysis upon a matrix of untransformed factors followed by an orthogonal rotation, e.g. a varimax rotation, to produce the score matrix. Communalities greater than 1 in the maximum likelihood factor analysis are compensated for using Heywood criteria (that is, communalities greater than 1 are set to 1, thus no communality is allowed to exceed 1) without a limit on the number of factors produced.
  • It is to be understood that maximum likelihood factor analysis can have issues with commonalities (which can arise from the interactive way in which communalities are estimated), in addition, maximum likelihood factor analysis is far more computationally intensive than principal factor analysis by two or more orders of magnitude. Further, it is to be understood that rotating a set of factors does not change the statistical explanatory power of the factors. Therefore, there is no a prior choice for orthogonal rotation and choice of rotation cannot be based on statistical grounds. However, the inventors have unexpectedly discovered that a UPSM generated by maximum likelihood factor analysis with a varimax rotation, despite issues communalities has general applicability as further discussed in the Examples.
  • For example, the UPSM of Table 4A was generated from PANSS data derived from the 5 similarly-designed, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 6-week treatment studies of lurasidone or active comparator for the treatment of patients with an acute exacerbation of schizophrenia described above (the PANSS Analysis Study) and discussed in the context of Table 1 and FIG. 1 and FIG. 2.
  • The Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM) of FIG. 4 and Table 4A was derived using PROC FACTOR procedure of SAS 9.4 with maximum likelihood method (maximum likelihood factor analysis), rotated using the varimax algorithm and compensated for communality greater than 1 using Heywood criteria without a limit on the number of factors produced. A last observation carried forward (LOCF) data imputation method was applied for missing post-baseline PANSS assessments.
  • An analysis of PANSS assessments as pooled over all post-baseline observations was conducted on the PANSS Analysis Study data. The factoring of change scores was weighted both by repeated measures within-patients as well as by the between-patient measures, and was utilized to increase statistical confidence in the output of the factor analysis. The change-from-baseline transformation of PANSS items (the score matrix) was intentionally derived from an analysis of PANSS over time (study visits) across the study population such that items changing together (vs changing separately) were captured in the structure and coefficients of the score matrix. Remarkably it was discovered that a fixed score matrix applied to disparate patient samples, different trial designs and durations, still retained the properties of orthogonality and high total variance explained with respect to the known factor structure of PANSS.
  • The ratings of 30 items in the PANSS data of the PANSS Analysis Study were transformed to transformed PANSS factor scores using a score matrix identified by the maximum likelihood method factor analysis conducted on all change from baseline PANSS data from the 5 short-term clinical trials in the pooled analysis sample. The score matrix, also referred to here as the UPSM, consisted of coefficients multiplying the numerical ratings of each PANSS item differentially for each of the factor scores.
  • The change-from-baseline PANSS data for all patients and all observations N was a matrix of dimensions (N observations×30 items). To increase precision, the score matrix coefficients were determined using all change-from-baseline observations at Weeks 1-6. The resultant score matrix (30 items×7 factors), or UPSM, was used to transform individual PANSS item change scores (without standardization) to reduce the dimensionality into 7-factor values for each PANSS assessment. FIG. 4 and Table 4A summarize the score matrix (UPSM) weights for individual PANSS items used to generate the transformed PANSS factors.
  • The weighted score matrix transformation was performed on each of the PANSS item baseline-to-endpoint change scores. This transformation yielded 5 transformed PANSS factors that corresponded to the Marder PANSS factors, with two of the factors (negative symptoms and depression/anxiety) further subdivided into sub-factors (corresponding to the symptom sub-domains of: apathy/avolition and deficit of expression; and depression and anxiety, respectively).
  • Each transformed PANSS factor corresponded preferentially with each of the Marder PANSS factors, as illustrated in Table 2. The transformed PANSS positive symptom factor (POS) correlated well with the Marder positive symptom factor (r=0.79) (see Table 2). The transformed PANSS factor for negative, disorganized, and hostile symptoms were each preferentially correlated with their respective Marder PANSS factors. The transformed PANSS anxiety and depression sub-factors (representing symptom sub-domains) were each well-correlated with the combined Marder PANSS depression/anxiety factor (r=0.74 and r=0.76, respectively).
  • The amount of variance explained by each transformed PANSS factor is noted in FIG. 2 with 8 to 19% variance explained by each of the 7 transformed PANSS factor scores. PANSS total scores were well-described by sums of the 7 transformed PANSS factor scores, with estimates from regression analysis yielding r2 value goodness of fit for p<0.0001 at 0.93.
  • The transformed PANSS factors resulted in a marked reduction in correlations between the different factors when compared to the substantial correlations observed between the Marder PANSS factors, see for example Table 1. The off-diagonal item correlations evident in the Marder PANSS factors (see Table 1) were substantially reduced in the transformed PANSS factor correlations (see Table 3). In Table 3 the orthogonality of the transformed PANSS factors is evidenced by the lower correlations between the transformed PANSS factors when compared with the higher off-diagonal correlations of the Marder PANSS factors shown in Table 1.
  • In various aspects, the present inventions utilize existing PANSS data and transform that data with score matrix weighting coefficients to generate transformed PANSS factors with minimal between-factor correlation (enhanced orthogonality) while preserving the correspondence to Marder PANSS factors.
  • The low between-factor correlations between transformed PANSS factors (see Table 3) indicates that the transformed PANSS factors are measuring independent symptom domains and/or sub-domains, thereby reducing or eliminating pseudospecificity concerns. In addition, the strong correspondence between the transformed PANSS factors and the Marder PANSS factors confirms that each factor is measuring similar, established symptom domains of schizophrenia without substantial loss of statistical validity. These results were further validated as discussed in Examples 1-3, and it has been unexpectedly discovered that various embodiments of these methods provide a robust and generalizable means to address the challenge of pseudospecificity that has, to date, been a limitation in the usefulness of PANSS factors as efficacy measures.
  • Accordingly, in various aspects provided are methods for determining if a drug has potential efficacy for the treatment for a specific symptom of schizophrenia, and in various particular embodiments, the potential efficacy of a compound for treatment of a negative symptom of schizophrenia.
  • TABLE 2
    Correlations Between Marder vs
    Transformed PANSS Factor Scores
    Marder PANSS Transformed PANSS factors
    factors POS DIS NAA NDE HOS ANX DEP TOT
    Positive 0.79 0.52 0.24 0.15 0.44 0.28 0.28 0.85
    Symptoms
    Disorganized 0.44 0.79 0.30 0.27 0.39 0.24 0.20 0.79
    Thought
    Negative 0.32 0.33 0.75 0.65 0.28 0.13 0.23 0.78
    Symptoms
    Hostility/ 0.38 0.30 0.16 0.02 0.94 0.29 0.12 0.73
    Excitement
    Anxiety/ 0.26 0.14 0.17 0.10 0.30 0.74 0.76 0.73
    Depression
    PANSS Total 0.59 0.55 0.42 0.31 0.57 0.37 0.36 0.97
  • TABLE 3
    Correlations Among the Transformed PANSS Factor
    Scores (Week 6 Change from Baseline)
    Transformed PANSS factors
    POS DIS NAA NDE HOS ANX DEP
    Positive
    1
    Disorganized 0.20 1
    Neg Apathy/Avolition 0.10 0.08 1
    Neg Deficit of 0.04 0.12 0.22 1
    Expression
    Hostility 0.21 0.12 0.07 −0.02 1
    Anxiety 0.09 0.04 −0.01 −0.08 0.13 1
    Depression 0.10 0.00 0.12 0.13 0.04 0.27 1
    PANSS Total Score 0.59 0.55 0.42 0.31 0.57 0.36
  • In various aspects, the present inventions utilize existing PANSS data and transform that data with score matrix weighting coefficients to generate transformed PANSS factors with minimal between-factor correlation (enhanced orthogonality) while preserving the correspondence to Marder PANSS factors.
  • The low between-factor correlations between transformed PANSS factors (see Table 3) indicates that the transformed PANSS factors are measuring independent symptom domains and/or sub-domains, thereby reducing or eliminating pseudospecificity concerns. In addition, the strong correspondence between the transformed PANSS factors and the Marder PANSS factors confirms that each factor is measuring similar, established symptom domains of schizophrenia without substantial loss of statistical validity. These results were further validated as discussed in Examples 1-3, and it has been unexpectedly discovered that various embodiments of these methods provide a robust and generalizable means to address the challenge of pseudospecificity that has, to date, been a limitation in the usefulness of PANSS factors as efficacy measures.
  • Accordingly, in various aspects provided are methods for determining if a drug has potential efficacy for the treatment for a specific symptom of schizophrenia, and in various particular embodiments, the potential efficacy of a compound for treatment of a negative symptom of schizophrenia.
  • In Table 4A, the following abbreviations are used:. “POS” means positive symptoms; “DIS” means disorganized thoughts; “NAA” means negative symptoms of apathy/avolition; “NDE” means negative symptom of deficit of expression; “HOS” means hostility; “ANX” means anxiety; and “DEP” means depression. Table 4B provides the PANSS item names for the 30 PANSS factors transformed.
  • TABLE 4A
    Score Matrix (UPSM) & PANSS Factor
    PANSS
    HOS DIS POS NAA ANX NDE DEP Factor
    −0.059303151 −0.154712684 0.57927306 −0.082893265 −0.073544962 0.007192722 0.002048441 01
    −0.036875601 0.197582458 0.029244439 −0.026017326 −0.001239624 −0.02347538 −0.036164505 02
    −0.030050707 −0.017941982 0.206578833 −0.025066345 0.000150601 −0.013303188 0.029300172 03
    0.137935863 0.011528435 −0.033679063 0.001165239 0.110819466 −0.072389146 −0.104522446 04
    −0.0069204 −0.030187543 −0.034150858 −0.004101956 −0.031327706 −0.02334591 0.030828842 05
    0.019206744 −0.062627075 0.353725463 0.047732995 −0.016139814 0.001212671 0.006326424 06
    0.50254111 −0.176791937 −0.038346899 −0.02993407 −0.09971212 0.031465286 0.057360408 07
    −0.0388464 −0.029140028 −0.005423027 0.056870294 0.018823539 0.247417621 −0.009152487 08
    −0.050709628 −0.024392585 −0.031576569 0.331790758 −0.014565383 −0.022820458 0.011268907 09
    0.024553635 −0.040131302 −0.074207289 −0.009748512 −0.017616152 0.016151367 −0.017221804 10
    −0.018906239 −0.085636419 −0.094353259 0.46115038 −0.018582518 −0.02868251 −0.013043389 11
    −0.013349757 0.106249635 0.004333869 0.025591059 0.009606579 −0.030147041 −0.068680239 12
    −0.008500464 0.00515219 0.00412747 0.000955886 0.019423501 0.25768135 −0.103745952 13
    −0.005529127 0.146226869 −0.01112673 −0.027641626 −0.01184278 0.002301719 0.004012879 14
    −0.030917629 0.055250829 −0.035627201 −0.038262772 0.044494408 0.011015249 0.105984519 15
    −0.038647338 −0.082189447 −0.033105283 −0.032737664 0.457657982 −0.053317814 0.11978003 16
    −0.027217213 −0.00043631 −0.03688546 −0.00206815 −0.025316364 −0.040797646 0.245965461 17
    −0.028752975 −0.03326176 −0.093136769 −0.013294393 0.512385016 0.02319047 −0.031252256 18
    −0.013667619 0.049411355 −0.045519943 −0.032417456 0.029350727 0.102625566 −0.044173526 19
    0.004221962 −0.068819767 −0.034475189 −0.041273835 −0.063510109 0.038179376 0.451442685 20
    −0.007324041 −0.036613781 −0.034889002 −0.077978283 −0.019265529 0.440989521 0.046413188 21
    0.285870078 0.033402594 −0.080369092 −0.008848889 −0.056716786 −0.020048317 −0.053107613 22
    −0.067585698 0.09392137 0.142896674 −0.03261436 −0.020907284 −0.036752464 −0.017789007 23
    −0.02661807 −0.032458408 −0.038304777 −0.025539389 −0.021006853 −0.018011534 −0.017602911 24
    0.003765645 0.281436726 −0.103631152 −0.047891864 −0.022652024 0.002998624 0.040135105 25
    0.026229599 0.154863574 0.014298759 −0.030608933 −0.057629355 −0.033158169 −0.062618049 26
    −0.014549433 0.186791423 −0.057351327 −0.014348916 −0.037178831 0.058153415 0.045541208 27
    0.254666994 0.016627203 −0.074838781 −0.026749802 −0.020124919 −0.003163278 −0.007642028 28
    −0.044233735 0.29122955 −0.052081246 0.002977548 −0.004799129 −0.032435046 0.056719123 29
    0.018359839 −0.000724698 −0.011203099 0.286013681 −0.030234777 −0.060620143 0.037074873 30
  • TABLE 4B
    PANSS Factor (Item) Names
    PANSS Factor PANSS FACTOR NAME
    01 P01 DELUSIONS
    02 P02 CONCEPTUAL DISORGANIZATION
    03 P03 HALLUCINATORY BEHAVIOR
    04 P04 EXCITEMENT
    05 P05 GRANDIOSITY
    06 P06 SUSPICIOUSNESS/PERSECUTION
    07 P07 HOSTILITY
    08 N01 BLUNTED AFFECT
    09 N02 EMOTIONAL WITHDRAWAL
    10 N03 POOR RAPPORT
    11 N04 PASSIVE/APATHETIC SOCIAL WITHDRAWAL
    12 N05 DIFFICULTY IN ABSTRACT THINKING
    13 N06 LACK OF SPONTANEITY AND FLOW OF
    CONVERSATION
    14 N07 STEREOTYPED THINKING
    15 G01 SOMATIC CONCERN
    16 G02 ANXIETY
    17 G03 GUILT FEELINGS
    18 G04 TENSION
    19 G05 MANNERISMS AND POSTURING
    20 G06 DEPRESSION
    21 G07 MOTOR RETARDATION
    22 G08 UNCOOPERATIVENESS
    23 G09 UNUSUAL THOUGHT CONTENT
    24 G10 DISORIENTATION
    25 G11 POOR ATTENTION
    26 G12 LACK OF JUDGEMENT AND INSIGHT
    27 G13 DISTURBANCE OF VOLITION
    28 G14 POOR IMPULSE CONTROL
    29 G15 PREOCCUPATION
    30 G16 ACTIVE SOCIAL AVOIDANCE
  • In various aspects provided herein are methods of identifying subjects with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom prominently in a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, or both. In various embodiments, provided are methods of identifying compounds with potential efficacy in the treatment of the negative symptoms. In various embodiments, provided herein are methods of identifying subjects with prominently negative symptoms, and methods of treating such subjects comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • In various aspects provided are methods for identifying subjects with prominently positive, prominently hostile, prominently disorganized, prominently affective, or prominently negative symptoms, and methods of treating such subjects comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • In various embodiments, the methods comprise treating the positive symptom domain of a subject with prominently positive symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof. In various embodiments, the methods comprise treating the hostile symptom domain of a subject with prominently hostile symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof. In various embodiments, the methods comprise treating the disorganized symptom domain of a subject with prominently disorganized symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • In various embodiments, the methods comprise treating the affective symptom domain of a subject with prominently affective symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof. In various embodiments, the methods comprise treating one or more of the apathy/avolition sub-domain and the deficit of expression sub-domain of a subject with prominently affective symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • In various embodiments, the methods comprise treating the negative symptom domain of a subject with prominently negative symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof. In various embodiments, the methods comprise treating one or more of the depression sub-domain and the anxiety sub-domain of a subject with prominently negative symptoms comprising administering to such a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • In various embodiments, subjects can be classified using the UPSM (score matrix) (see FIG. 4 and Table 4A) on the PANSS factors assessed at baseline (“BL”) to produce transformed PANSS factors from which subject classification can be made. In various embodiments, subject PANSS scores are transformed using a score matrix (see FIG. 4 and Table 4A) and clustering the subjects by k-means to identify distinct clusters, each characterized by distinctly prominent baseline transformed PANSS factor scores. A SVM (Support Vector Machine) classifier is then trained on these cluster assignments at baseline, and subsequently used to identify subject sub-population types post-baseline and in external data sets.
  • For example, in various embodiments, a liner support vector machine classifier is determined substantially as follow, where the score matrix (e.g. UPSM) transforms PANSS data into seven factors. For each cluster in the trainer data (transformed PANSS factors), calculate all possible distance between each Cartesian coordinate point within the cluster and outside the cluster, where the number of Cartesian coordinate points is equal to the number of transformed factors. In this example embodiment, the PANSS factor data is transformed into seven transformed PANSS factors so the coordinate points a 7D (seven dimensional).
  • Distance between two 7D Cartesian coordinate points (ai, bi, ci, di, ei, fi, gi) and (aj, bj, cj, dj, ej, fj, gj) can be calculated using,
  • d k = ( a i - a j ) 2 + ( b i - b j ) 2 + ( c i - c j ) 2 + ( d i - d j ) 2 + ( e i - e j ) 2 + ( f i - f j ) 2 + ( g i - g j ) 2
  • The process continues with the selection of two of the coordinate points, for example purposes called A and B, that give the give a minimum distance, min (dk), where point A is within the cluster and point B is outside the cluster.
  • A hyperplane (of one less dimension than the coordinate dimension, here a 6D hyperplane) is determined where all the points on the hyperplane are equidistant from A and B. That is, if P is on the hyperplane,
  • AP = BP ( a i - a k ) 2 + ( b i - b k ) 2 + ( c i - c k ) 2 + ( d i - d k ) 2 + ( e i - e k ) 2 + ( f i - f k ) 2 + ( g i - g k ) 2 = ( a j - a k ) 2 + ( b j - b k ) 2 + ( c j - c k ) 2 + ( d j - d k ) 2 + ( e j - e k ) 2 + ( f j - f k ) 2 + ( g j - g k ) 2
  • Where the above equation can be used to provide the hyperplane, and where |AP| is the distance between A and P; |BP| is the distance between B and P; A is (ai, bi, ci, di, ei, fi, gi); B is (aj, b, cj, dj, ej, fj, gj); and P is (ak, bk, ck, dk, ek, fk, gk).
  • The 7 axis of the 7D Cartesian coordinate system (or N axis for an N dimensional coordinate system, e.g., a 5 axis for a 5D coordinate system) along with the 7 hyperplanes (or N hyperplanes for an N dimensional coordinate system) that separate each cluster give the margins (boundaries) of each cluster. Based on the maximum value along each axis, new axis constants (lines x=k or y=t) can be defined to complete polygon margins. These cluster margins complete the training, or cluster margin, and thus classifier determination, for, in this example, Linear SVM. Accordingly, any new Cartesian coordinate (here 7D), i.e. transformed PANSS factor vector, that is the seven transformed PANSS factors of a given subject, can be classified into the clusters based on the cluster margins so defined.
  • In various embodiments, a comparison of transformed PANSS symptom domain score is used to determine which symptom domain is prominent. In various embodiments, the symptom domain with the highest domain score is determined to be prominent.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for treating positive domain symptoms of schizophrenia in a subject comprise administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat a positive domain symptom.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for treating hostile domain symptoms of schizophrenia in a subject comprise administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat a hostile domain symptom.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for treating disorganized domain symptoms of schizophrenia in a subject comprise administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat a disorganized domain symptom.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for treating affective domain symptoms of schizophrenia in a subject comprise administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat a affective domain symptom.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for treating one or more of the sub-domain symptoms of apathy/avolition and deficit of expression of the affective symptom domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat the one or more sub-domain symptoms.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for treating negative domain symptoms of schizophrenia in a subject comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat a negative domain symptom.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for treating one or more of the sub-domain symptoms of depression and anxiety of the negative symptom domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, to treat the one or more sub-domain symptoms.
  • In certain embodiments, the efficacious concentration of a compound provided herein is less than 10 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 1 μM, less than 10 μM, less than 100 μM, or less than 1 mM. In one embodiment, a compound's activity may be assessed in various art-recognized animal models.
  • In other embodiments, provided herein is a method of effecting a therapeutic effect as described herein elsewhere. The method comprises administering to a subject (e.g., a mammal) a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a compound or composition provided herein. The particular therapeutic effects may be measured using any model system known in the art or described herein, such as those involving an animal model of schizophrenia.
  • In various embodiments, the particular therapeutic effects are measured using transformed PANSS total scores as provided herein. In various embodiments, the particular therapeutic effects are measured using transformed PANSS domain scores as provided herein. In various embodiments where the therapeutic effect of a therapeutic agent on a symptom domain (and/or sub-domain) is being measured, the transformed PANSS score for that domain (and/or sub-domain) is used to measure the therapeutic effect. For example, in various embodiments where the therapeutic effect of a therapeutic agent on a negative symptom domain is being measured, the negative domain transformed PANSS score is used. As is understood in the art, when using PANSS scores to assess therapeutic effect, scores after treatment are compared to the corresponding baseline score.
  • In various embodiments, the untransformed PANSS score total is used to measure the therapeutic effect of a therapeutic agent. In various preferred embodiments, the untransformed PANSS score total is used to assess the therapeutic effect of a therapeutic agent used in a method to treat a subject with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom prominently in a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, or both.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently positive schizophrenia domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS positive domain score comprises PANSS factors (P01) delusions, (P03) hallucinatory behavior, (P05) grandiosity, and (P06) suspiciousness/persecution. In various embodiments, the subject exhibits a prominently positive schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the positive domain comprises PANSS factors (P01) delusions, (P03) hallucinatory behavior, (P05) grandiosity, and (P06) suspiciousness/persecution, and the domain score is greater than 2.5, greater than about 3.8, greater than about 5.1, and/or greater than about 6.3.
  • In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS positive domain score comprises PANSS factors (P01) delusions, (P03) hallucinatory behavior, (P05) grandiosity, (P06) suspiciousness/persecution, (N07) stereotyped thinking, (G01) somatic concern, (G09) unusual thought content and (G12) lack of judgement and insight. In various embodiments, the subject exhibits a prominently positive schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the positive domain comprises PANSS factors (P01) delusions, (P03) hallucinatory behavior, (P05) grandiosity, (P06) suspiciousness/persecution, (N07) stereotyped thinking, (G01) somatic concern, (G09) unusual thought content and (G12) lack of judgement and insight, and the domain score is greater than 2.4, greater than about 3.6, greater than about 4.8, and/or greater than about 6.0.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently disorganized schizophrenia domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS disorganized domain score comprises PANSS factors (P02) conceptual disorganization, (N05) difficulty in abstract thinking, (N07) stereotyped thinking, (G09) unusual thought content and (G12) lack of judgement and insight, (G11) poor attention, (G13) disturbance of volition, and (G15) preoccupation. In various embodiments, the subject exhibits a prominently disorganized schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the disorganized domain comprises PANSS factors (P02) conceptual disorganization, (N05) difficulty in abstract thinking, (N07) stereotyped thinking, (G09) unusual thought content and (G12) lack of judgement and insight, (G11) poor attention, (G13) disturbance of volition, and (G15) preoccupation, and the domain score is greater than 2.6, greater than about 4.0, greater than about 5.3, and/or greater than about 6.7.
  • In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS disorganized domain score comprises PANSS factors (P02) conceptual disorganization, (N05) difficulty in abstract thinking, (G05) mannerisms and posturing, (G10) disorientation, (G11) poor attention, (G13) disturbance of volition, and (G15) preoccupation. In various embodiments, the subject exhibits a prominently disorganized schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the disorganized domain comprises PANSS factors (P02) conceptual disorganization, (N05) difficulty in abstract thinking, (G05) mannerisms and posturing, (G10) disorientation, (G11) poor attention, (G13) disturbance of volition, and (G15) preoccupation, and the domain score is greater than 2.1, greater than about 3.2, greater than about 4.3, and/or greater than about 5.4.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently affective schizophrenia domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS affective domain score comprises PANSS factors (G02) anxiety, (G03) guilt feelings, (G04) tension, and (G06) depression. In various embodiments, the subject exhibits a prominently disorganized schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the disorganized domain comprises PANSS factors G02) anxiety, (G03) guilt feelings, (G04) tension, and (G06) depression, and the domain score is greater than 1.5, greater than about 2.3, greater than about 3.1, and/or greater than about 3.9.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently anxiety schizophrenia sub-domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score. In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS anxiety schizophrenia sub-domain score comprises PANSS factors (G02) anxiety and (G04) tension.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently hostile schizophrenia domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS hostile domain score comprises PANSS factors (P04) excitement, (P07) hostility, (G08) uncooperativeness, and (G14) poor impulse control. In various embodiments, the subject exhibits a prominently disorganized schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the disorganized domain comprises PANSS factors, (P04) excitement, (P07) hostility, (G08) uncooperativeness, and (G14) poor impulse control, and the domain score is greater than 2.3, greater than about 3.5, greater than about 4.7, and/or greater than about 5.9.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently negative schizophrenia domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score.
  • In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS negative domain score comprises PANSS factors (N01) blunted affect, (N02) emotional withdrawal, (N03) poor rapport, (N04) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, (N06) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, (G07) motor retardation, and (G16) active social avoidance. In various embodiments, the subject exhibits a prominently disorganized schizophrenia domain when the transformed PANSS score for the disorganized domain comprises PANSS factors, (N01) blunted affect, (N02) emotional withdrawal, (N03) poor rapport, (N04) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, (N06) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, (G07) motor retardation, and (G16) active social avoidance, and the domain score is greater than 1.7, greater than about 2.5, greater than about 3.5, and/or greater than about 4.2.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently apathy/avolition schizophrenia sub-domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score. In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS apathy/avolition schizophrenia sub-domain score comprises PANSS factors (N02) emotional withdrawal, (N04) passive/apathetic social withdrawal, and (G16) active social avoidance.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutic agent wherein the subject exhibits a prominently deficit of expression schizophrenia sub-domain characterized by a transformed PANSS score. In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS deficit of expression schizophrenia sub-domain score comprises PANSS factors (N01) blunted affect, (N03) poor rapport, (N06) lack of spontaneity and flow of conversation, and (G07) motor retardation.
  • In various embodiments, provided is a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising administering an antipsychotic agent, wherein the subject is part of a schizophrenia sub-population as characterized by a transformed PANSS score. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia sub-population is selected from the group consisting of prominently positive, prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, prominently affective (depression/anxiety), prominently hostility/excitement, and prominently negative (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression). In various embodiments, the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently positive, prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, prominently affective (depression/anxiety), prominently hostility/excitement, or prominently negative (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression). In various embodiments, the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently positive. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently affective (depression/anxiety). In various embodiments, the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently hostility/excitement. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently negative (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression).
  • In various embodiments, the subject is part of a schizophrenia sub-population selected from the group consisting of prominently positive, prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, prominently affective (depression/anxiety), prominently hostility/excitement, and prominently negative (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression). In various embodiments, the subject is part of a schizophrenia sub-population wherein the schizophrenia sub-population is prominently positive, prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, prominently affective (depression/anxiety), prominently hostility/excitement, or prominently negative (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression). In various embodiments, the subject is part of a prominently positive schizophrenia sub-population. In various embodiments, the subject is part of a prominently disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction schizophrenia sub-population. In various embodiments, the subject is part of a prominently affective (depression/anxiety) schizophrenia sub-population. In various embodiments, the subject is part of a prominently hostility/excitement schizophrenia sub-population. In various embodiments, the subject is part of a prominently negative schizophrenia sub-population.
  • In various embodiments, provided is a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising administering an antipsychotic agent, wherein the subject preferentially exhibits a schizophrenia domain characterized a transformed PANSS score.
  • In various embodiments, the schizophrenia domain is selected from the group consisting of positive symptoms, negative symptoms, disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, hostility/excitement, and affective (depression/anxiety). In various embodiments, the schizophrenia domain is positive symptoms, negative symptoms, disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, hostility/excitement, or depression/anxiety. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia domain is positive symptoms. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia domain is negative symptoms. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia domain is disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia domain is hostility/excitement. In various embodiments, the schizophrenia domain is affective (depression/anxiety).
  • In various embodiments, the subject preferentially exhibits a schizophrenia domain selected from the group consisting of positive symptoms, negative symptoms, disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, hostility/excitement, and depression/anxiety. In various embodiments, the subject preferentially exhibits a schizophrenia domain wherein the schizophrenia domain is positive symptoms, negative symptoms, disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, hostility/excitement, or depression/anxiety. In various embodiments, the subject preferentially exhibits positive symptoms. In various embodiments, the subject preferentially exhibits negative symptoms. In various embodiments, the subject preferentially exhibits disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction. In various embodiments, the subject preferentially exhibits hostility/excitement. In various embodiments, the subject preferentially exhibits affective (depression/anxiety).
  • In various embodiments, provided is a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising administering an antipsychotic agent, wherein the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain.
  • In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is selected from the group consisting of a positive domain, a hostile domain, a disorganized domain, an affective domain, and a negative domain. In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is a positive domain, a hostile domain, a disorganized domain, an affective domain, or a negative domain. In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is a positive domain. In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is a hostile domain. In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is a disorganized domain. In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is an affective domain. In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is a negative domain.
  • In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain selected from the group consisting of a positive domain, a hostile domain, a disorganized domain, an affective domain, and a negative domain. In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain wherein the transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain is a positive domain, a hostile domain, a disorganized domain, an affective domain, or a negative domain. In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia positive domain. In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia hostile domain. In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia disorganized domain. In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia affective domain. In various embodiments, the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia negative domain.
  • In various embodiments, provided is a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising administering an antipsychotic agent, wherein the antipsychotic agent is determined by transformed PANSS.
  • In various embodiments, provided is a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising administering an antipsychotic agent, wherein the antipsychotic agent treats any one or more of positive symptoms, hostile symptoms, disorganized symptoms, affective symptoms, or negative symptoms.
  • In various embodiments, provided is a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising: (a) determining the subjects' PANSS score; (b) transforming the PANSS score to a transformed PANSS score using an Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM); and (c) administering an antipsychotic agent to the subject relative to the transformed PANSS score.
  • In various embodiments, provided is a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising: (a) determining the subjects' PANSS score; (b) transforming the PANSS score to a transformed PANSS score using an Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM); and (c) administering an antipsychotic agent to the subject relative to the transformed PANSS score, wherein the subject is part of a schizophrenia sub-population as characterized by transformed PANSS.
  • In various embodiments, provided is a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising: (a) determining the subjects' PANSS score; (b) transforming the PANSS score to a transformed PANSS score using an Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM); and (c) administering an antipsychotic agent to the subject relative to the transformed PANSS score, wherein the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain.
  • In various embodiments, provided is a method of treating schizophrenia in a subject in need thereof comprising: (a) determining the subjects' PANSS score; (b) transforming the PANSS score to a transformed PANSS score using an Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM); and (c) administering an antipsychotic agent to the subject relative to the transformed PANSS score, wherein: the subject is part of a schizophrenia sub-population as characterized by transformed PANSS, and the antipsychotic agent treats a transformed PANSS schizophrenia domain.
  • In various embodiments, the transformed PANSS uses an Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM).
  • In various embodiments, the Uncorrelated PANSS Score Matrix (UPSM) weights each PANSS factor rating individually across five domains selected from the group consisting of positive symptoms, negative symptoms, disorganized thinking/cognitive dysfunction, hostility/excitement, and depression/anxiety.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for treating specific symptoms, domains of symptoms and/or sub-domains of symptoms of schizophrenia in a subject comprising administering to the subject (e.g., a human) a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a composition or a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • In one embodiment, without being limited by a particular theory, the treatment, prevention, and/or management is done by administering a compound provided herein that has shown in vivo efficacy in an animal model predictive of antipsychotic activity in humans. The phenotypic approach to develop antipsychotics has been used in psychopharmacology, with the antipsychotic chlorpromazine developed in this way. The phenotypic approach may also offer advantages over compounds developed by traditional in vitro based drug discovery approach, because the compounds developed using the phenotypic approach have established pharmaceutical properties and in vivo activity, rather than activity toward a given molecular target, which may be less predictive and lead to attrition at later stages of, for example, clinical development.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, and/or managing a neurological disorder, including schizophrenia, schizophrenia spectrum disorder, acute schizophrenia, chronic schizophrenia, NOS schizophrenia, schizoid personality disorder, schizotypal personality disorder, delusional disorder, psychosis, psychotic disorder, brief psychotic disorder, shared psychotic disorder, psychotic disorder due to a general medical condition, drug-induced psychosis (e.g., cocaine, alcohol, amphetamine), psychoaffective disorder, aggression, delirium, Parkinson's psychosis, excitative psychosis, Tourette's syndrome, organic or NOS psychosis, seizure, agitation, post-traumatic stress disorder, behavior disorder, neurodegenerative disease, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, dyskinesias, Huntington's disease, dementia, mood disorder, anxiety, affective disorders (e.g., depression, e.g., major depressive disorder and dysthymia; bipolar disorder, e.g., biopolar depressive disorder; manic disorder; seasonal affective disorder; and attention deficit disorder (ADD) and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)), obsessive-compulsive disorder, vertigo, epilepsy, pain (e.g., neuropathic pain, sensitization accompanying neuropathic pain, and inflammatory pain), fibromyalgia, migraine, cognitive impairment, movement disorder, restless leg syndrome (RLS), multiple sclerosis, sleep disorder, sleep apnea, narcolepsy, excessive daytime sleepiness, jet lag, drowsy side effect of medications, insomnia, substance abuse or dependency (e.g., nicotine, cocaine), addiction, eating disorder, sexual dysfunction, hypertension, emesis, Lesche-Nyhane disease, Wilson's disease, autism, Huntington's chorea, and premenstrual dysphoria, comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, and/or managing a disorder related to psychosis, schizophrenia, ADHD, mood disorder or affective disorder such as depression and anxiety, comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of a compound provided herein. For example, without being limited by a particular theory, the compounds provided herein may improve the gating deficits of DBA/2 mice seen in the pre-pulse inhibition (PPI) test and reverse the methamphe-tamine-induced hyperlocomotor activity. Without being limited to a particular theory, the compounds provided herein may: 1) reverse the amphetamine-induced hyper-locomotor activity; 2) be useful as antipsychotic agents and dosed sparing; 3) improve attention and modulate impulsivity; 4) improve learning parameters in ADHD; 5) enhance learning ability and reduce anxiety in behavioral tests; and/or 6) have an anti-depressant effect.
  • Any suitable route of administration can be employed for providing the patient with a therapeutically or prophylactically effective dose of an active ingredient. For example, oral, mucosal (e.g., nasal, sublingual, buccal, rectal, vaginal), parenteral (e.g., intravenous, intramuscular), transdermal, and subcutaneous routes can be employed. Exemplary routes of administration include oral, transdermal, and mucosal. Suitable dosage forms for such routes include, but are not limited to, transdermal patches, ophthalmic solutions, sprays, and aerosols. Transdermal compositions can also take the form of creams, lotions, and/or emulsions, which can be included in an appropriate adhesive for application to the skin or can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose. An exemplary transdermal dosage form is a “reservoir type” or “matrix type” patch, which is applied to the skin and worn for a specific period of time to permit the penetration of a desired amount of active ingredient. The patch can be replaced with a fresh patch when necessary to provide constant administration of the active ingredient to the patient.
  • The amount to be administered to a patient to treat, prevent, and/or manage the disorders described herein will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion or metabolism of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compound employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • A physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount required. For example, the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds employed at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
  • In general, a suitable daily dose of a compound provided herein will be that amount of the compound which is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic or prophylactic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above. Generally, oral, intravenous, intracerebroventricular and subcutaneous doses of the compounds provided herein for a patient will range from about 0.005 mg per kilogram to about 5 mg per kilogram of body weight per day. In one embodiment, the oral dose of a compound provided herein will range from about 10 mg to about 300 mg per day. In another embodiment, the oral dose of a compound provided herein will range from about 20 mg to about 250 mg per day. In another embodiment, the oral dose of a compound provided herein will range from about 100 mg to about 300 mg per day. In another embodiment, the oral dose of a compound provided herein will range from about 10 mg to about 100 mg per day. In another embodiment, the oral dose of a compound provided herein will range from about 25 mg to about 50 mg per day. In another embodiment, the oral dose of a compound provided herein will range from about 50 mg to about 200 mg per day. Each of the above-recited dosage ranges may be formulated as a single or multiple unit dosage formulations.
  • In various embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein may be used in combination with one or more second active agents to treat, prevent, and/or manage disorders described herein.
  • C. Therapeutic Compounds
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (I):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00023
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein
  • one of X and Y is O, and the other is CH2; or both X and Y are CH2;
  • one of Z1, Z2, and Z3 is S; and (i) two of Z1, Z2, and Z3 are C; or (ii) one of Z1, Z2, and Z3 is C and one of Z1, Z2, and Z3 is N;
  • R1 and R2 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH2)p—R8, wherein R8 is SO2alkyl or SO2aryl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl;
  • R3 and R4 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH2)p—R9, wherein R9 is CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; or (iv) R3 and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and R4 is (i) or (ii); or (v) R3 and R4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R1 and/or R2 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., imidazolyl orthiazolyl);
  • R5 is (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or
  • (ii) —(CH2)p—R10, wherein R10 is CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R5 and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R6 and R7 are each independently (i) hydrogen, halo, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH2)p—R11, wherein R11 is CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, cycloalkoxyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl ring; with the proviso that when one of Z1, Z2, and Z3 is N, R7 is absent;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2;
  • n is 0, 1, or 2; and
  • each occurrence of p is independently 0, 1, or 2.
  • In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of formula (I), as defined herein elsewhere, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
  • one of X and Y is O, and the other is CH2; or both X and Y are CH2;
  • two of Z1, Z2, and Z3 are C, and one of Z1, Z2, and Z3 is S;
  • R1 and R2 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH2)p—R8, wherein R8 is SO2alkyl or SO2aryl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl;
  • R3 and R4 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH2)p—R9, wherein R9 is CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; or (iv) R3 and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and R4 is (i) or (ii); or (v) R3 and R4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R1 and/or R2 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., imidazolyl orthiazolyl);
  • R5 is (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or
  • (ii) —(CH2)p—R10, wherein R10 is CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R5 and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R6 and R7 are each independently (i) hydrogen, halo, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH2)p—R11, wherein R11 is CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, cycloalkoxyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl ring;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2;
  • n is 0, 1, or 2; and
  • each occurrence of p is independently 0, 1, or 2.
  • In one embodiment, X is O and Y is CH2. In one embodiment, X is CH2 and Y is O. In one embodiment, both X and Y are CH2.
  • In one embodiment, Z1 is S. In one embodiment, Z2 is S. In one embodiment, Z3 is S. In one embodiment, Z1 and Z2 are C, and Z3 is S. In one embodiment, Z1 and Z3 are C, and Z2 is S. In one embodiment, Z2 and Z3 are C, and Z1 is S. In one embodiment, Z1 is N, Z2 is C, and Z3 is S. In one embodiment, Z1 is C, Z2 is N, and Z3 is S. In one embodiment, Z1 is N, Z2 is S, and Z3 is C. In one embodiment, Z1 is C, Z2 is S, and Z3 is N. In one embodiment, Z1 is S, Z2 is N, and Z3 is C. In one embodiment, Z1 is S, Z2 is C, and Z3 is N. In one embodiment, when one of Z1, Z2, and Z3 is N, R7 is absent and R6 substitutes a carbon ring atom.
  • In one embodiment, R1 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R1 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R1 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R1 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R1 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R1 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R1 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R1 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R1 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R1 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R1 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R1 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R1 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R1 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R1 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R1 is aryl. In one embodiment, R1 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R1 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R1 is —(CH2)p—SO2alkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R1 is —(CH2)p—SO2alkyl. In one embodiment, R1 is —(CH2)p—SO2aryl, wherein the aryl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R1 is —(CH2)p—SO2aryl. In one embodiment, R1 is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with —SO2alkyl or —SO2aryl, each of which is further optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R1 is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with —SO2alkyl or —SO2aryl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • In one embodiment, R2 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R2 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R2 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R2 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R2 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R2 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R2 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R2 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R2 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R2 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R2 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R2 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R2 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R2 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R2 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R2 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R2 is aryl. In one embodiment, R2 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R2 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R2 is —(CH2)p—SO2alkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R2 is —(CH2)p—SO2alkyl. In one embodiment, R2 is —(CH2)p—SO2aryl, wherein the aryl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R2 is —(CH2)p—SO2aryl. In one embodiment, R2 is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with —SO2alkyl or —SO2aryl, each of which is further optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R2 is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with —SO2alkyl or —SO2aryl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • In one embodiment, R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl. In one embodiment, R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heteroaryl.
  • In one embodiment, R3 and R4 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH2)p—R9, wherein R9 is CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; or (iv) R3 and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and R4 is (i) or (ii); or (v) R3 and R4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R1 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., imidazolyl).
  • In one embodiment, R3 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R3 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R3 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R3 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R3 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R3 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R3 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R3 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R3 is aryl. In one embodiment, R3 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R3 is —(CH2)p—CF3. In one embodiment, R3 is —(CH2)p—CN. In one embodiment, R3 is —(CH2)p-nitro. In one embodiment, R3 is —(CH2)p-amino, wherein the amino is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R3 is —(CH2)p-amino. In one embodiment, R3 is —(CH2)p-hydroxyl, wherein the hydroxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R3 is —(CH2)p-hydroxyl. In one embodiment, R3 is —(CH2)p-cycloalkoxyl, wherein the cycloalkoxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R3 is —(CH2)p-cycloalkoxyl. In one embodiment, R3 is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is further optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R3 is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R4 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R4 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R4 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R4 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R4 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R4 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R4 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R4 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R4 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R4 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R4 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R4 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R4 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R4 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R4 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R4 is aryl. In one embodiment, R4 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R4 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R4 is —(CH2)p—CF3. In one embodiment, R4 is —(CH2)p—CN. In one embodiment, R4 is —(CH2)p-nitro. In one embodiment, R4 is —(CH2)p-amino, wherein the amino is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R4 is —(CH2)p-amino. In one embodiment, R4 is —(CH2)p-hydroxyl, wherein the hydroxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R4 is —(CH2)p-hydroxyl. In one embodiment, R4 is —(CH2)p-cycloalkoxyl, wherein the cycloalkoxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R4 is —(CH2)p-cycloalkoxyl. In one embodiment, R4 is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is further optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R4 is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • In one embodiment, R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl.
  • In one embodiment, R3 and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and R4 is (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH2)p—R9, wherein R9 is CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R3 and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl, and R4 is (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl; or (ii) —(CH2)p—R9, wherein R9 is CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl.
  • In one embodiment, R3 and R4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R1 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., imidazole). A skilled person will understand that when R3 and R4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R1 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl, this embodiment could also be described as: one of R3 and R4 is absent and the other of R3 and R4 together with R1 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., imidazole), which is substituted by R2 (e.g., substituent on ring nitrogen atom). In one embodiment, R3 and R4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R1 and the atoms to which they are attached form a heteroaryl. Examples of the heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, benzimidazolyl, or indazolyl. In various embodiments, R1 and R2 are also combined to form a double bond and together with R3 and R4 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., thiazole). A skilled person will understand that when R1 and R2 are also combined together to form a double bond and together with R3 and R4 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl, this embodiment could also be described as: one of R3 and R4 is absent and one of R1 and R2 is absent, and the other of R3 and R4 together with the other of R1 and R2 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., thiazole). In various embodiments, R1 and R2 are also combined to form a double bond and together with R3 and R4 and the atoms to which they are attached form a heteroaryl. Examples of the heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, or benzoxazolyl. In one embodiment, R1, R2, R3, and R4 are combined together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., imidazole or thiazole).
  • In one embodiment, R5 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R5 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R5 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R5 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R5 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R5 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R5 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R5 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R5 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R5 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R5 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R5 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R5 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R5 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R5 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R5 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R5 is aryl. In one embodiment, R5 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R5 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R5 is —(CH2)p—CF3. In one embodiment, R5 is —(CH2)p—CN. In one embodiment, R5 is —(CH2)p-nitro. In one embodiment, R5 is —(CH2)p-amino, wherein the amino is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R5 is —(CH2)p-amino. In one embodiment, R5 is —(CH2)p-hydroxyl, wherein the hydroxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R5 is —(CH2)p-hydroxyl. In one embodiment, R5 is —(CH2)p-cycloalkoxyl, wherein the cycloalkoxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R is —(CH2)p-cycloalkoxyl. In one embodiment, R5 is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is further optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R5 is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • In one embodiment, R5 and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R5 and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl.
  • In one embodiment, R6 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R6 is halo. In one embodiment, R6 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R6 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R6 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R6 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R6 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R6 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R6 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R6 is aryl. In one embodiment, R6 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R6 is —(CH2)p—CF3. In one embodiment, R6 is —(CH2)p—CN. In one embodiment, R6 is —(CH2)p-nitro. In one embodiment, R6 is —(CH2)p-amino, wherein the amino is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R6 is —(CH2)p-amino. In one embodiment, R6 is —(CH2)p-hydroxyl, wherein the hydroxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R6 is —(CH2)p-hydroxyl. In one embodiment, R6 is —(CH2)p-cycloalkoxyl, wherein the cycloalkoxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R6 is —(CH2)p-cycloalkoxyl. In one embodiment, R6 is —(CH2)p-heteroaryl, wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R6 is —(CH2)p-heteroaryl. In one embodiment, R6 is —(CH2)p-heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R6 is —(CH2)p-heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • In one embodiment, R7 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R7 is halo. In one embodiment, R7 is optionally substituted alkyl. In one embodiment, R7 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R7 is optionally substituted alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R7 is alkoxyl. In one embodiment, R7 is optionally substituted aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R7 is aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, R7 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In one embodiment, R7 is alkenyl. In one embodiment, R7 is optionally substituted alkynyl. In one embodiment, R7 is alkynyl. In one embodiment, R7 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R7 is cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R7 is optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R7 is cycloalkylalkyl. In one embodiment, R7 is optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R7 is aryl. In one embodiment, R7 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In one embodiment, R7 is aralkyl. In one embodiment, R7 is —(CH2)p—CF3. In one embodiment, R7 is —(CH2)p—CN. In one embodiment, R7 is —(CH2)p-nitro. In one embodiment, R7 is —(CH2)p-amino, wherein the amino is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R7 is —(CH2)p-amino. In one embodiment, R7 is —(CH2)p-hydroxyl, wherein the hydroxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R7 is —(CH2)p-hydroxyl. In one embodiment, R7 is —(CH2)p-cycloalkoxyl, wherein the cycloalkoxyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R7 is —(CH2)p-cycloalkoxyl. In one embodiment, R7 is —(CH2)p-heteroaryl, wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R7 is —(CH2)p-heteroaryl. In one embodiment, R7 is —(CH2)p-heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R7 is —(CH2)p-heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, the alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more halo.
  • In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heteroaryl. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a partially saturated optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a partially saturated cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl.
  • In one embodiment, m is 0. In one embodiment, m is 1. In one embodiment, m is 2.
  • In one embodiment, n is 0. In one embodiment, n is 1. In one embodiment, n is 2.
  • In one embodiment, p is 0. In one embodiment, p is 1. In one embodiment, p is 2.
  • In one embodiment, at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, and R7 is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 is not hydrogen (e.g., when R7 is absent). In one embodiment, at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, R6, and R7 is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R6 is not hydrogen (e.g., when R7 is absent). In one embodiment, at least one of R1 and R2 is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, at least one of R3 and R4 is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, at least one of R6 and R7 is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, when R5 is not hydrogen, at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, R6, and R7 is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, when R is not hydrogen, at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R6 is not hydrogen (e.g., when R7 is absent). In one embodiment, R5 is not hydroxyl. In one embodiment, R5, is not substituted hydroxyl (e.g., alkoxyl). In one embodiment, R5 is not alkyl. In one embodiment, R5 is not methyl.
  • In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are not optionally substituted acyl. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 are not optionally substituted amide. In one embodiment, R11 is not optionally substituted amide. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 are not optionally substituted acyl. In one embodiment, R11 is not optionally substituted acyl.
  • In one embodiment, when X and Y are CH2, R3 and R4 are not combined together with R1 or R2 and the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring (e.g., imidazole or imidazoline). In one embodiment, when X and Y are CH2, R3 and R4 are not combined together with R1 and R2 and the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring (e.g., thiazole).
  • In one embodiment, when X and Y are CH2, R1 (or R2) and R are not combined together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring (e.g., pyrrolidine or azetidine).
  • In one embodiment, when any one of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, or R7 is alkyl or cycloalkyl, the alkyl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo (e.g., fluoro).
  • Any of the combinations of X, Y, Z1, Z2, Z3, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m, n, and p are encompassed by this disclosure and specifically provided herein.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IIa):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00024
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In one embodiment, m is 0 or 1. In one embodiment, n is 1 or 2. In one embodiment, m is 0 and n is 1. In one embodiment, n is 0 or 1. In one embodiment, n is 0.
  • In one embodiment, R5 is hydrogen.
  • In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, or propyl (e.g., n-propyl or i-propyl)), or C3-C6 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl). In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, or propyl (e.g., n-propyl or i-propyl)). In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently C1-C4 alkyl, wherein one or more hydrogen(s) in the alkyl are replaced with deuterium (e.g., CD3).
  • In one embodiment, R3 and R4 are hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, or propyl (e.g., n-propyl or i-propyl)). In one embodiment, R3 and R4 are hydrogen.
  • In one embodiment, R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen, halo (e.g., F or Cl), C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, or CF3), aryl (e.g., phenyl), heteroaryl (e.g., pyridyl), heterocyclyl (e.g., pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, or morpholinyl), alkoxyl (e.g., OMe), or aminoalkyl (e.g., NMe2), each of which is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen, halo, C1-C4 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkoxyl, or aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, the C1-C4 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more fluoro. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, CF3, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, methoxyl, or dimethylamino.
  • Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00025
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00026
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00027
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00028
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00029
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00030
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00031
  • In one embodiment, R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heteroaryl or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heteroaryl or heterocyclyl. Examples include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, azepanyl, morpholinyl, imidazolyl, piperazinyl, and N-methyl-piperazinyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00032
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00033
  • In one embodiment, R1 and R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl ring (e.g., pyrrolidine, including, e.g., unsubstituted pyrrolidine and N-methyl-pyrrolidine). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00034
  • In one embodiment, R3 and R4 together with the atom to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl) or heterocyclyl (e.g., tetrahydrofuranyl) ring, each of which is optionally substituted. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00035
  • In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl (e.g., phenyl) or cycloalkyl (e.g., 5-, 6-, or 7-membered) ring, each of which is optionally substituted (e.g., by one or more halo or phenyl). In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl. Examples include, but are not limited to, phenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and cycloheptenyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00036
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00037
  • In one embodiment, R1 and R5 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In one embodiment, R1 and R5 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl. Examples include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00038
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00039
  • In one embodiment, R1 and R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., piperidinyl) and R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., phenyl). In one embodiment, R1 and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl and R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compound:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00040
  • In one embodiment, m is 0 and R3 and R4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R1 and/or R2 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl contains one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S. Examples include, but are not limited to, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, or thiazolyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00041
  • In one embodiment, m is 1. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compound:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00042
  • In one embodiment, n is 2. In one embodiment, R1, R2, R, and R7 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00043
  • In one embodiment, R5 is alkyl. In one embodiment, R5 is C1-C4 alkyl. In one embodiment, R5 is methyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compound:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00044
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IIb):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00045
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IIc):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00046
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In one embodiment, R5 is OH. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compound:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00047
  • In one embodiment, R5 is hydrogen.
  • In one embodiment, n is 0. In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). In one embodiment, R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen, halo (e.g., F or Cl), or optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00048
  • In one embodiment, n is 1. In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). In one embodiment, R1 and R2 together with the atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., piperidinyl). In one embodiment, R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00049
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment of one or more of a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IIIa):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00050
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In one embodiment, R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00051
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IIIb):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00052
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IIIc):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00053
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IVa):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00054
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In one embodiment, m is 0 or 1. In one embodiment, n is 1 or 2. In one embodiment, m is 0 and n is 1. In one embodiment, n is 0 or 1. In one embodiment, n is 0.
  • In one embodiment, R is hydrogen.
  • In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, or propyl (e.g., n-propyl or i-propyl)), or C3-C6 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl). In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, or propyl (e.g., n-propyl or i-propyl)). In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently C1-C4 alkyl, wherein one or more hydrogen(s) in the alkyl are replaced with deuterium (e.g., CD3).
  • In one embodiment, R3 and R4 are hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, or propyl (e.g., n-propyl or i-propyl)). In one embodiment, R3 and R4 are hydrogen.
  • In one embodiment, R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen, halo (e.g., F or Cl), C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, or CF3), aryl (e.g., phenyl), heteroaryl (e.g., pyridyl), heterocyclyl (e.g., pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, or morpholinyl), alkoxyl (e.g., OMe), or aminoalkyl (e.g., NMe2), each of which is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen, halo, C1-C4 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkoxyl, or aminoalkyl. In one embodiment, the C1-C4 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more fluoro. In one embodiment, R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, CF3, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, methoxyl, or dimethylamino.
  • Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00055
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00056
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00057
  • In one embodiment, m is 1. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00058
  • In one embodiment, R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heteroaryl or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl). Examples include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, azepanyl, morpholinyl, imidazolyl, piperazinyl, and N-methyl-piperazinyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00059
  • In one embodiment, R1 and R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl ring (e.g., pyrrolidine, including, e.g., unsubstituted pyrrolidine and N-methyl-pyrrolidine). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00060
  • In one embodiment, R1 and R5 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl. Examples include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00061
  • In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl (e.g., phenyl) or cycloalkyl (e.g., 5-, 6-, or 7-membered) ring, each of which is optionally substituted (e.g., by one or more halo or phenyl). In one embodiment, R and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl. Examples include, but are not limited to, phenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and cycloheptenyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00062
  • In one embodiment, R1 and R5 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., pyrrolidinyl) and R and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., phenyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compound:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00063
  • In one embodiment, m is 0 and R3 and R4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R1 and/or R2 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl contains one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S. Examples include, but are not limited to, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, or thiazolyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00064
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IVb):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00065
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (IVc):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00066
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere.
  • In one embodiment, n is 0. In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). In one embodiment, R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen, halo (e.g., F or Cl), or optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00067
  • In one embodiment, n is 1. In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). In one embodiment, R1 and R2 together with the atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., piperidinyl). In one embodiment, R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00068
  • In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl (e.g., phenyl) or cycloalkyl (e.g., 5-, 6-, or 7-membered) ring, each of which is optionally substituted (e.g., by one or more halo or phenyl). In one embodiment, R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl. Examples include, but are not limited to, phenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and cycloheptenyl. Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00069
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (V):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00070
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, Z1, Z3, X, Y, m and n are as defined herein elsewhere. In one embodiment, Z1 is N and Z3 is S. In one embodiment, Z1 is S and Z3 is N. In one embodiment, X and Y is CH2. In one embodiment, m is 0 and n is 1. In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). In one embodiment, R3, R4, and R are hydrogen. In one embodiment, R6 is hydrogen, halo (e.g., F or Cl), optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl), or optionally substituted amino (e.g., aminoalkyl, such as methylamino). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00071
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising a compound of formula (VI):
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00072
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, wherein
  • two of Z1, Z2, and Z3 are C, and one of Z1, Z2, and Z3 is S;
  • R1 and R2 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH2)p—R8, wherein R8 is SO2alkyl or SO2aryl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or heteroaryl;
  • R3 and R4 are each independently (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH2)p—R9, wherein R9 is CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; or (iv) R3 and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and R4 is (i) or (ii); or (v) R3 and R4 are combined together to form a double bond and together with R1 and/or R2 and the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R5 is (i) hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or
  • (ii) —(CH2)p—R10, wherein R10 is CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, or cycloalkoxyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R5 and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R6 and R7 are each independently (i) hydrogen, halo, alkyl, alkoxyl, aminoalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (ii) —(CH2)p—R11, wherein R11 is CF3, CN, nitro, amino, hydroxyl, cycloalkoxyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted; or (iii) R6 and R7 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl ring; and
  • m is 0, 1, or 2;
  • each occurrence of p is independently 0, 1, or 2.
  • In one embodiment, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, Z1, Z2, Z3, and m are as defined herein elsewhere. In one embodiment, Z1 and Z2 are C, and Z3 is S. In one embodiment, Z1 is S, and Z2 and Z3 are C. In one embodiment, m is 0. In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). In one embodiment, R3 and R4 are hydrogen. In one embodiment, R5 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, R1 and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., pyrrolidinyl). In one embodiment, R6 and R7 are each independently hydrogen, halo (e.g., F or Cl), or optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00073
  • In various embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment of one or more of: a symptom domain of schizophrenia, a symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia, a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in a symptom domain of schizophrenia; and/or a subject sub-population with symptoms prominently in symptom sub-domain of schizophrenia comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, the therapeutic agent comprising one or more of the following compounds:
  • Salt
    Compd. or
    No. Structure FB* Analytical Data
     1
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00074
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.29 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.29-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.46 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (dd, J = 9.5, 11.5 Hz, 1H), 3.05-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.80 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H).
     2
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00075
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.29 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.29-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.46 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (dd, J = 9.5, 11.5 Hz, 1H), 3.05-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.80 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H).
     3
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00076
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.29 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.29-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.46 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (dd, J = 9.5, 11.5 Hz, 1H), 3.05-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.80 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H).
     4
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00077
    HCl LC-MS (6 min method): 0.24 minute, M+ 184 @ 0.26 min.; 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.30 (d, J = 5.50 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 5.50 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (dd, J = 2.57, 8.80 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.26 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.74 (s, 3H).
     5
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00078
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.54 (s, 1H), 4.91-4.85 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.80 (td, J = 3.5, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.47 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (dd, J = 8.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.71-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H).
     6
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00079
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.22 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (t, J = 5.50 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.25 (m, 4H), 2.84 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 2.22-2.14 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.02 (m, 2H).
     7
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00080
    HCl LC-MS (3.0 min method): 0.98 minute, M+ 220; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.86 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (td, J = 7.2, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 3.94 (m, 1H ), 3.62 (dd, J = 13.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.35 (m, 1H), 3.00 (m, 2H).
     8
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00081
    HCl LC-MS (3.0 min method): 1.00 minute, M+ 234; 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.85 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (m, 1H), 3.94 (m, 1H), 3.68 (dd, J = 13.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (m, 1H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.77 (s, 3H).
     9
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00082
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.22 (br s, 3H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 4.85-4.83 (d, J = 8.01 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.29 (s, 1H), 2.91-2.67 (m, 5H), 1.22-1.18 (t, J = 7.50 Hz, 3H).
     10
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00083
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.07 (br s, 1H), 8.67 (br s, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 4.94-4.92 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.42 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.13-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.68 (m, 4H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 1.24-1.19 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H).
     11
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00084
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6 + D2O): δ 7.02 (s, 1H), 4.81-4.78 (dd, J1 = 2.1 Hz, J2 = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.29 (dd, J1 = 2.9 Hz, J2 = 13.3 Hz, 1H), 3.02-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.72 (m, 2H).
     12
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00085
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.26 (br s, 1H), 8.80 (br s, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 4.98-4.94 (dd, J1 = 1.8 Hz, J2 = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.16-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.36 (d, J = 29.1 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.56 (s, 3H).
     13
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00086
    HCl GC-MS m/z 139 (M+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.02 (s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.40 (d, J = 5.19 Hz, 1H), 6.99-6.97 (d, J = 5.19 Hz 1H), 5.03-5.00 (d, J = 8.13 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.48 (d, J = 12.43 Hz, 1H), 3.13-2.72 (m, 5H), 1.25-1.20 (t, J = 7.26 Hz, 3H).
     14
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00087
    FB GC-MS m/z 211 (M+); 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.12-7.11 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 6.79-6.78 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 4.85-4.82 (dd, J1 = 2.04 Hz, J2 = 8.82 Hz, 1H), 4.26-4.20 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.06-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.58 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.50 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.92 (t, J = 14.80 Hz, 3H).
     15
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00088
    FB 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.12-7.10 (d, J = 5.16 Hz, 1H), 6.79-6.78 (d, J = 5.16 Hz, 1H), 4.82-4.79 (dd, J1 = 2.34 Hz, J2 = 9.18 Hz, 1H), 4.25-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.08-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.73 (m, 3H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 1.09 (s, 3H).
     16
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00089
    HCl GC-MS m/z 209 (M+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.35 (br s, 1H), 9.03 (br s, 9.03, 1H), 7.41-7.40 (d, J = 5.20 Hz, 1H), 7.04-7.02 (d, J = 5.20 Hz, 1H), 5.08-5.05 (d, J = 8.49 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.58 (d, J = 12.82 Hz, 1H), 3.22-3.14 (t, J = 11.65 Hz, 1H), 2.96-2.72 (m, 3H), 0.99-0.82 (m, 2H), 0.79-0.72 (m, 2H).
     17
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00090
    FB GC-MS m/z 223 (M+); 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.10-7.08 (d, J = 4.95 Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.84 (d, J = 4.95 Hz, 1H), 4.87-4.82 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.70 (m, 3H), 2.67-2.56 (m, 4H), 1.89-1.76 (m, 4H).
     18
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00091
    FB 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.10-7.09 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.91-6.89 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.90-4.84 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.52 (m, 4H), 1.69-1.59 (m, 4H), 1.50-1.43 (m, 2H).
     19
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00092
    FB GC-MS m/z 251 (M+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 7.28-7.27 (d, J = 5.16 Hz, 1H), 7.03-7.02 (d, J = 5.16 Hz, 1H), 4.68-4.64 (t, J = 5.82 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.61 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.64 (m, 8H), 1.55 (s, 8H).
     20
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00093
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.26 (d, J = 5.1, Hz, 1H), 6 96 (d J = 5 1 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.97 (m, 2H), 3.59-3.53 (m, 3H), 3.38 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.89 (brs, 2H), 2.38-2.36 (m, 2H).
     21
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00094
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.26 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.33-3.21 (m, 3H), 3.08 (apt, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.18-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.80 (m, 1H).
     22
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00095
    formate 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.29 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (apd, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (m, 1H), 3.85 (dr, J = 11.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.77 (m, 2H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.92 (s, 3H).
     23
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00096
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.18 (br s, 3H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 4.84-4.82 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.29 (s, 1H), 2.95-2.66 (m, 5H), 1.65-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.92 (t, J = 7.32 Hz, 3H).
     24
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00097
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.11 (br s, 1H), 9.69 (br, s, 1H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 4.95-4.92 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.67 (m, 3H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 1.66-1.53 (m, 2H), 0.94-0.89 (m, 3H).
     25
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00098
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6 + D2O): δ 7.59-7.57 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.43-7.38 (t, 3H), 7.32-7.27 (t, 1H), 4.90-4.87 (d, J = 7.1 Hz 1H), 4.19-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.40 (dd, J1 = 2.8 Hz, J2 = 13.3 Hz, 1H), 3.09-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.82 (m, 2H).
     26
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00099
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.01 (br s, 1H), 8.69 (br, s, 1H), 7.60-7.58 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.28 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 1H), 5.03-5.00 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.17 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.53-2.48 (t, J = 5.31 Hz, 3H).
     27
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00100
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method on lab 209 instrument): 0.24 minute, M+ 184 @ 0.26 min.; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.30 (d, J = 5.50 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 5.50 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (dd, J = 2.57, 8.80 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.26 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.74 (s, 3H).
     28
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00101
    HCl LC-MS (6 min method): 0.24 minute, M+ 184 @ 0.26 min.; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.30 (d, J = 5.50 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 5.50 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (dd, J = 2.57, 8.80 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.26 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.74 (s, 3H).
     29
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00102
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.14 (br s, 3H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 4.97-4.90 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.08 (t, J = 10.66 Hz, 2H), 2.88-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.12 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 3H).
     30
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00103
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.06 (br s, 3H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 4.97-4.93 (dd, J1 = 3.5 Hz, J2 = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.03-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.09 (br s, 2H), 2.84-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.37 (m, 2H), 1.21-1.17 (t, J = 7.41 Hz, 3H).
     31
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00104
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 7.96 (br s, 3H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 4.92-4.90 (d, J = 6.75 Hz, 1H), 4.03-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.08 (d, J = 3.96 Hz, 2H), 2.89-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.38 (t, J = 6.84 Hz, 2H), 1.70-1.54 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.92 (t, J = 7.31 Hz, 3H).
     32
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00105
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6 + D2O): δ 7.46-7.35 (m, 5H), 7 30 (s, 1H), 5.27-5.24 (d, J = 8.49 Hz, 1H), 4.05-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.82 (m, 1H), 2.88 (s, 2H), 2.71-2.64 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.46 (d, J = 2.85 Hz, 1H).
     33
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00106
    HCl GC-MS m/z 197 (M+); 1H NMR (D2O): δ 4.95-4.91 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.04-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.28 (d, J = 5.01 Hz, 2H), 2.76-2.72 (t, J = 5.33 Hz, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.92 (s, 3H).
     34
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00107
    HCl LC-MS (6 min method): 0.48 minute, M+ 184 @ 0.48 min.; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.28 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.00 (m, 1H), 3.16 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.02-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.76 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 1.50 (s, 3H).
     35
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00108
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.23 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (brs, 4H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.84 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 2.17-1.18 (m, 4H).
     36
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00109
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.36 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 4.77 Hz. 1H), 5.08 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.65 (m, 1H).
     37
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00110
    formate 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.20 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.07 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.83-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.04-1.88 (m, 4H).
     38
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00111
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.44 (s, 1H), 4.96-4.92 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.28 (m, 1H), 3.86 (dt, J = 13.0, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.51 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.20-3.15 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.04 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.86 (m, 1H).
     39
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00112
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.42 (s, 1H), 5.00-4.98 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.28 (m, 1H), 3.84 (t, J = 13.0, 1H), 3.57 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.30-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.74 (s, 3H).
     40
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00113
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.91 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dt, J = 1.0, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dt, J = 1.0, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (dt, J = 1.5, 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.42-3.30 (m, 3H), 3.00 (dt, J = 1.5, 5.5 Hz, 2H), 2.52-2.44 (m, 1H), 2.27 (tq, J = 4.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.08 (dd, J = 2.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 1.89 (d, J = 14.0 Hz, 1H).
     41
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00114
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.86 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dt, J = 1.0, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dt, J = 1.0, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29-5.25 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.61 (dd, J = 1.5, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.37-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.09-2.91 (m, 2H).
     42
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00115
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.86 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dt, J = 1.0, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dt, J = 1.0, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29-5.25 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.61 (dd, J = 1.5, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.37-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.09-2.91 (m, 2H).
     43
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00116
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.26 (d, J = 5.1, Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.97 (m, 2H), 3.59-3.53 (m, 3H), 3.38 (d, J = = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.89 (brs, 2H), 2.38-2.36 (m, 2H).
     44
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00117
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.53 (s, 1H), 4.86 (s, 1H), 4.25-4.20 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.39 (dd, J = 2.93, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.08 (dd, J = 8.06, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.96-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H).
     45
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00118
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.53 (s, 1H), 4.86 (s, 1H), 4.25-4.20 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.39 (dd, J = 2.93, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.08 (dd, J = 8.06, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.96-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H).
     46
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00119
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.26 (d, J = 5.1, Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.97 (m, 2H), 3.59-3.53 (m, 3H), 3.38 (d, J = = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.89 (brs, 2H), 2.38-2.36 (m, 2H).
     47
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00120
    HCl LC-MS m/z 247.2 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.83-8.81 (d, J = 6.78 Hz, 2H), 8.38 (s, 3H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.17-8.14 (d, J = 6.78 Hz, 2H), 5.02-5.00 (d, J = 7.65 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.11-2.90 (m, 3H).
     48
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00121
    HCl LC-MS m/z 261.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.61 (br s, 1H), 8.00 (br s, 1H), 8.84-8.82 (d, J = 6.75 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.16-8.13 (d, J = 6.75 Hz, 1H), 5.16-5.13 (d, J = 8.25 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.08-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.58 (t, J = 5.19 Hz, 3H).
     49
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00122
    HCl LC-MS m/z 247.2 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.11 (br s, 1H), 8.98-8.95 (d, J = 4.83 Hz, 1H), 8.51-8.48 (d, J = 8.25 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (br s, 3H), 7.94-7.86 (m, 2H), 4.99-4.97 (d, J = 7.74 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.08-2.89 (m, 3H).
     50
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00123
    HCl LC-MS m/z 261.2 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.37 (br s, 1H), 9.03 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.67-8.65 (d, J = 5.01 Hz, 1H), 8.38-8.36 (d, J = 7.86 Hz, 1H), 7.81-7.77 (m, 2H), 5.10-5.08 (d, J = 7.98 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.17 (m, 1H), 3.03-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.58 (t, J = 5.31 Hz, 3H).
     51
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00124
    HCl LC-MS m/z 247.2 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.87-8.85 (d, J = 6.69 Hz, 2H), 8.22 (br s, 3H), 8.09-8.07 (d, J = 6.69 Hz, 2H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 5.62-5.60 (d, J = 8.64 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.51 (m, 1H).
     52
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00125
    HCl LC-MS m/z 261.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.72 (br s, 1H), 8.88-8.86 (d, J = 6.75 Hz, 2H), 8.69 (br s, 1H), 8.17-8.15 (d, J = 6.75 Hz, 2H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 5.77-5.73 (d, J = 9.24 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.06-2.94 (m, 3H), 2.66-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.41 (t, J = 5.28 Hz, 3H).
     53
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00126
    HCl LC-MS m/z 247.2 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.97-8.96 (d, J = 1.77 Hz, 1H), 8.84-8.83 (d, J = 4.53 Hz, 1H), 8.54-8.51 (d, J = 8.22 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (s, 3H), 8.07-7.95 (dd, J1 = 5.49 Hz, J2 = 8.01 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 5.50-5.47 (d, J = 8.85 Hz, 1H), 4.07-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.84 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.35 (m, 1H).
     54
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00127
    HCl LC-MS m/z 261.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.26 (br s, 1H), 8.90-8.89 (d, J = 1.92 Hz, 1H), 8.79-8.77 (dd, J1 = 1.22 Hz, J2 = 5.27 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (br s, 1H), 8.39-8.36 (d, J = 7.62 Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.83 (dd, J1 = 5.43 Hz, J2 = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 5.59-5.56 (d, J = 9.48 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.93 (m, 3H), 2.65-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.35 (t, J = 5.28 Hz, 3H).
     55
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00128
    HCl LC-MS m/z 253.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6 + D2O): δ 4.69-4.67 (d, J = 7.68 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.71 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.22 (dd, J1 = 2.52 Hz, J2 = 13.30 Hz, 1H), 2.99-2.90 (m, 4H), 2.78-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.56 (s, 1H), 1.56 (s, 5H), 1.47-1.46 (m, 2H).
     56
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00129
    HCl LC-MS m/z 277.3 (M + Na+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.01 (s, 3H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.74-4.72 (d, J = 7.44 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.69 (m, 5H), 3.35-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.97 (m, 5H), 2.77-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.56 (m, 1H).
     57
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00130
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.54 (s, 1H), 4.91-4.85 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.80 (td, J = 3.5, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.47 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (dd, J = 8.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.71-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H).
     58
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00131
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.54 (s, 1H), 4.91-4.85 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.80 (td, J = 3.5, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.47 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (dd, J = 8.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.71-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H).
     59
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00132
    HCl LC-MS m/z 200.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.11 (s, 3H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.76-4.73 (d, J = 7.14 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.72 (m, 4H), 3.31-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.54 (m, 1H).
     60
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00133
    HCl LC-MS m/z 214.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.09 (br s, 1H), 8.67 (br s, 1H), 6.15 (s, 1H), 4.87-4.85 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.73 (m, 4H), 3.34 (s, 1H), 3.15-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.61-2.55 (m, 4H).
     61
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00134
    HCl LC-MS m/z 213.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6+ D2O): δ 5.74 (s, 1H), 4.71-4.68 (d, J = 7.03 Hz, 1H), 4.12-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.78 (s, 6H), 2.71-2.67 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.58 (m, 1H).
     62
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00135
    HCl LC-MS m/z 227.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.11 (br s, 1H), 8.65 (br s, 1H), 5.73 (s, 1H), 4.87-4.83 (d, J = 9.54 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.71 (m, 7H), 2.58-2.55 (m, 4H).
     63
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00136
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.59 (s, 1H), 3.97 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.33-3.24 (m, 3H), 3.05 (dt, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.16-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.80 (d, J = 14.0 Hz, 1H).
     64
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00137
    HCl LC-MS m/z 184.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.04 (s, 3H), 7.36-7.34 (d, J = 5.07 Hz, 1H), 6.85-6.84 (d, J = 5.07 Hz, 1H), 4.76-4.74 (d, J = 7.38 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.64 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.69 (m, 4H), 2.24-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.88 (m, 1H).
     65
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00138
    HCl LC-MS m/z 207.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 14.65 (s, 2H), 9.12 (s, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.38 (d, J = 5.20 Hz, 1H), 6.74-6.72 (d, J = 5.20 Hz, 1H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 4.03-3.85 (m, 2H), 2.98-2.84 (m, 2H).
     66
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00139
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.26 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.33-3.21 (m, 3H), 3.08 (apt, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.18-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.80 (m, 1H).
     67
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00140
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.26 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.33-3.21 (m, 3H), 3.08 (apt, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.18-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.80 (m, 1H).
     68
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00141
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.40 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (dd, J = 3.0, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.37 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.11 (dd, J = 8.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.61 (dd, J = 2.0 16.0 Hz, 1H).
     69
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00142
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.40 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.45 (dd, J = 2.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J = 8.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.63 (dd, J = 2.0, 6.0 Hz, 1H).
     70
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00143
    HCl LC-MS m/z 238.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.57 (s, 1H), 5.03-5.00 (d, J = 9.62 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.55 (m, 4H), 3.46-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.99-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.75-2.70 (d, J = 16.44 Hz, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.25-2.01 (m, 4H).
     71
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00144
    HCl LC-MS m/z 252.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 10.36 (s, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 5.07-5.04 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.68 (m, 4H), 2.00-1.88 (m, 4H), 1.23-1.18 (t, J = 7.49 Hz, 3H).
     72
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00145
    HCl LC-MS (6 min method): broad peak at 0.23-0.67 minute, M+ 224 @ 0.56 min.; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.28 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 5.15-5.12 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.26 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.74 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.44 (dd, J = 9.90, 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.34-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.03 (m, 4H).
     73
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00146
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method on lab 209 instrument): broad peak at 0.23-0.67 minute, M+ 224 @ 0.56 min.; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.28 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 5.15-5.12 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.26 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.74 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.44 (dd, J = 9.90, 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.34-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.03 (m, 4H).
     74
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00147
    HCl LC-MS (6 min method): 2.24 minute, M+ 240 @ 2.25 min.; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.30 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 5.24 (dd, J = 2.57, 10.3 Hz, 1H), 4.31-4.27 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.89-3.81 (m, 4H), 3.75 (dd, J = 2.93, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.70-3.66 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (d, J = 12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.41-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.06-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.82 (m, 1H).
     75
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00148
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 1.6 min, M+ 212 @ 1.71 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.59 (s, 1H), 4.91 (d, J = 8.43 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.50 (dd, J = 2.93, 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.24-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.79 (q, 2H), 2.80-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 1.27 (t, 3H).
     76
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00149
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 1.6 min, M+ 212 @ 1.71 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.59 (s, 1H), 4.91 (d, J = 8.43 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.50 (dd, J = 2.93, 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.24-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.79 (q, 2H), 2.80-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 1.27 (t, 3H).
     77
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00150
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.10 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (dd, J = 3.5, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (dt, J = 5.0, 12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.92-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.52 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.25-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.93 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.88 (m, 2H).
     78
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00151
    HCl LC-MS m/z 198.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.11 (br s, 1H), 8.59 (br s, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 5.05-5.03 (d, J = 6.63 Hz, 1H), 4.04-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.59 (d, J = 1.68 Hz, 3H), 2.13 (s, 3H).
     79
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00152
    HCl LC-MS m/z 212.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.16 (br s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.07-5.05 (d, J = 8.07 Hz, 1H), 4.05-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.47-2.41 (m, 2H), 1.22-1.17 (t, J = 7.40 Hz, 3H).
     80
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00153
    HCl LC-MS m/z 226.0 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.99 (br s, 1H), 8.54 (br s, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.04-5.01 (d, J = 8.85 Hz, 1H), 4.05-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.18 (s, 2H), 2.90-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.46-2.40 (t, J = 7.80 Hz, 2H), 1.67-1.55 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.92 (t, J = 7.31 Hz, 3H).
     81
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00154
    HCl LC-MS m/z 260.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.55-7.39 (m, 5H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 5.41-5.38 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.96-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.75 (dd, J1 = 3.3 Hz, J2 = 12.9 Hz, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H).
     82
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00155
    HCl LC-MS m/z 212.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.10 (br s, 1H), 8.57 (br s, 1H), 4.98-4.95 (d, J = 8.28 Hz, 1H), 4.03-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.79-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.99 (s, 3H).
     83
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00156
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.10 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (dd, J = 3.0, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (dt, J = 4.5, 12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.59 (dd, J = 2.5, 12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.39-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 1.99-1.88 (m, 2H).
     84
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00157
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.59 (s, 1H), 3.97 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.33-3.24 (m, 3H), 3.05 (dt, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.16-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.80 (d, J = 14.0 Hz, 1H).
     85
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00158
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.59 (s, 1H), 3.97 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.33-3.24 (m, 3H), 3.05 (dt, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.16-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.80 (d, J = 14.0 Hz, 1H).
     86
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00159
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 1.85 min, M+ 221 @ 1.83 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.91 (s, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J = 5.50 Hz, 1H), 5.13-5.10 (m, 1H), 4.80 (dd, J = 2.57, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (dd, J = 6.60, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 4.26-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.73 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.70 (m, 1H).
     87
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00160
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 4.64 (dd, J = 3.0. 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (dd, J = 3.5, 11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.16-4.08 (m, 2H), 3.87 (td, J = 1.5, 12.0 Hz, 1H), 3.82-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.68 (dd, J = 2.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (dd, J = 9.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.30 (bs, 1H), 2.74 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.29-2.20 (m, 4H), 1.96-1.89 (td, J = 5.0, 12.5 Hz, 1H).
     88
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00161
    HCl LC-MS (6 min method): 0.28 minute, M+ 213 @ 0.33 min.; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 4.61 (dd, J = 3.0, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.26-4.20 (m, 1H), 3.86 (td, J = 2.0, 12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.66 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 3.45-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.13-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.74 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 1.92 (td, J = 4.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H).
     89
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00162
    HCl LC-MS (6 min method): 0.27-0.45 min, M+184 @ 0.38 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.36 (d, J = 4.76 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (d, J = 8.06 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.71-2.66 (m, 1H).
     90
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00163
    HCl LC-MS (6 min method): 1.37 min, M+ 226 @ 1.44 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.60 (s, 1H), 4.94-4.91 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.84-3 78 (m, 1H), 3.50 (dd, J = 2.2, 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.19-3.09 (m, 3H), 2.93-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.69 (m, 3H), 1.33 (t, 3H), 1.27 (t, 3H).
     91
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00164
    HCl LC-MS m/z 224.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6+ D2O): δ 6.75 (s, 1H), 3.90-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.69 (m, 4H), 2.23-2.18 (m, 2H), 1.22-1.17 (t, J = 7.52 Hz, 3H).
     92
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00165
    HCl LC-MS m/z 238.3 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.04 (br s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 3.93-3.89 (t J = 5.10 Hz 2H), 3.25-3.15 (m, 3H), 2.93-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.70 (m, 4H), 1.94-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.69-1.67 (m, 1H), 1.24-1.19 (t, J = 7.52 Hz, 3H).
     93
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00166
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.23 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.19 (m, 1H), 3 71 (td J = 4 0 11.0 Hz 1H), 3.52 (dd, J = 2.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.19 (dd, J = 7.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.96-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.75 (m, 1H).
     94
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00167
    HCl LC-MS (6 min method): 0.49-1.01 min, M+ 198 @ 0.73 min; 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.06 (br s, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 4.97-4.93 (dd, J1 = 3.5 Hz, J2 = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.03-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.09 (br s, 2H), 2.84-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.37 (m, 2H), 1.21-1.17 (t, J = 7.41 Hz, 3H).
     95
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00168
    HCl LC-MS (6 min method): 0.49-1.01 min, M+ 198 @ 0.73 min; 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.06 (br s, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 4.97-4.93 (dd, J1 = 3.5 Hz, J2 = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.03-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.09 (br s, 2H), 2.84-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.37 (m, 2H), 1.21-1.17 (t, J = 7.41 Hz, 3H).
     96
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00169
    HCl LC-MS (6 min method): 0.37 min, M+ 187 @ 0.35 min.; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.27 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 4.98 (d, J = 8.43 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.22 (dd, J = 8.43, 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.03-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.80 (d, J = 16.1 Hz, 1H).
     97
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00170
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.20 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.70 (td, J = 4.0, 11.0 Hz, 1H), 3.49 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (dd, J = 8.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.936-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H).
     98
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00171
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.50 (s, 1H), 4.66 (dd, J = 2.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (dt, J = 2.5, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (ddd, J = 3.0, 2.5, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (dd, J = 3.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.33-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J = 3.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.00 (ddd, J = 4.0, 2.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (ddd, J = 4.0, 2.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.96-1.86 (m, 2H).
     99
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00172
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.51 (s, 1H), 4.74 (dd, J = 2.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (dt, J = 3.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (ddd, J = 3.0, 2.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (dd, J = 3.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.01 (ddd, J = 4.0, 2.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (ddd, J = 4.0, 2.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.98-1.85 (m, 2H).
    100
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00173
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.53 (s, 1H), 4.66 (dd, J = 2.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (dt, J = 3.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (ddd, J = 3.2, 2.7, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.48 (dd, J = 3.2, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J = 3.2, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 3.03 (ddd, J = 4.0, 2.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 2.88 (ddd, J = 4.0, 2.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (q, J = 1.9 Hz, 2H), 1.96-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.24 (t, J = 3H).
    101
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00174
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.54 (s, 1H), 4.75 (dd, J = 2.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (dt, J = 3.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (ddd, J = 3.2, 2.2, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (dd, J = 3.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.34-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.02 (ddd, J = 4.0, 2.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 2.89 (ddd, J = 4.0, 2.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.74 (q, J = 1.9 Hz, 2H), 1.98-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.25 (t, J = 1.9 Hz, 3H).
    102
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00175
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 210 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6):
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 10.05 (s, 1H), 8.79 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.39 (d, J = 5.19 Hz, 1H), 6.99-6.98 (d, J = 5.22 Hz, 1H), 5.06-5.05 (d, J = 2.10 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.96-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.73 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.55 (m, 2H).
    103
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00176
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 210 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
      δ 9.69 (s, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.40 (d, J = 4.50 Hz, 1H), 6.97-6.96 (d, J = 4.20 Hz, 1H), 4.89-4.88 (d, J = 4.20 Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 1H), 3.10-2.95 (m, 3H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.14-1.84 (m, 4H).
    104
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00177
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 184 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 8.39 (s, 3H), 7.40-7.38 (d, J = 5.16 Hz, 1H), 6.99-6.98 (d, J = 5.22 Hz, 1H), 4.99-4.98 (d, J = 1.78 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.22 (dd, J = 11.24 Hz, 5.12 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 1H), 3.70-3.62 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.71 (m, 1H), 0.91-0.89 (d, J = 6.69 Hz, 3H).
    105
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00178
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 184 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 7.84 (s, 3H), 7.41-7.40 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.98 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 4.71-4.70 (d, J = 2.11 Hz, 1H), 4.20-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.69 (m, 2H), 2.95-2.76 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.34 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H).
    106
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00179
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 212 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 7.59 (s, 3H), 7.43-7.41 (d, J = 5.40 Hz, 1H), 7.01-6.99 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 4.95 (s, 1H), 4.24-4.18 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.68 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.06-1.03 (m, 6H).
    107
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00180
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 212 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 7.33-7.31 (d, J = 5.40 Hz, 1H), 6.93-6.91 (d, J = 7.56 Hz, 1H), 5.08-5.06 (m, 1H), 4.39-4.33 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.07 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.08-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.04-0.97 (m, 6H).
    108
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00181
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 8.16 (s, 3H), 7.41-7.40 (d, J = 5.28 Hz, 1H), 6.98-6.97 (d, J = 5.22 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (s, 1H), 4.25-4.20 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.50 (dd, J = 10.85 Hz, 3.20 Hz, 1H), 2.96-2.74 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 3H), 1.01 (s, 3H).
    109
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00182
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 212 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 7.34-7.32 (dd, J = 5.03 Hz, 5.03 Hz, 1H), 6.98-6.96 (d, J = 5.34 Hz, 1H), 4.98-4.97 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.32 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.62 (td, J = 11.13 Hz, 2.94 Hz, 1H), 3.03-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 1.59 (s, 3H), 1.14 (s, 3H).
    110
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00183
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 196 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 8.25-8.21 (brs, 3H), 7.40-7.39 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.23 (d, J = 5.40 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.82 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.02 (m, 2H).
    111
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00184
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 210 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00005
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 9.03 (s, 2H), 7.41-7.40 (d, J = 4.51 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.20 (d, J = 3.92 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.04 (m, 2H), 3.86-3.79 (m, 1H), 2.96-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.26-2.01 (m, 4H).
    112
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00185
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 210 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6):  δ 7.86 (s, 3H), 7.37-7.36 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 7.05-7.04 (d, J = 5.31 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.05 (dd, J = 11.49 Hz, 4.71 Hz, 1H), 3.81-3.71 (m, 2H), 2.98-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.82 (m, 4H).
    113
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00186
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 224 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00006
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00006
     δ 9.20 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.38 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.06-7.05 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.02-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.26-2.16 (m, 5H), 1.89-1.80 (m, 4H).
    114
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00187
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 224 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 7.85 (s, 3H), 7.41-7.39 (d, J = 4.82 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.98 (d, J = 4.83 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (s, 1H), 4.23-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.54 (t, J = 10.24 Hz, 1H), 3.01-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.12 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.77 (m, 5H), 1.54 (s, 2H).
    115
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00188
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 238 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 8.66 (s, 2H), 7.41-7.40 (d, J = 3.95 Hz, 1H), 7.00-9.99 (d J = 3.96 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (s, 1H), 4.20-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.55 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.15 (m, 1H), 1.96-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.49-1.38 (m, 2H).
    116
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00189
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 238 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 7.73 (s, 3H), 7.43-7.41 (d, J = 4.84 Hz, 1H), 6.97-6.95 (d, J = 4.85 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (s, 1H), 4.22-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.51 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.74 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.42 (m, 8H), 1.26 (s, 1H).
    117
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00190
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 252 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.44 (d, J = 4.88 Hz, 1H), 6.99-6.97 (d, J = 1.86 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (s, 1H), 4.24-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.51 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.95-1.32 (m, 10H).
    118
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00191
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 210 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 9.48-9.47 (d, J = 2.07 Hz, 1H), 8.40-8.39 (d, J = 3.54 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.40 (d, J = 3.54 Hz, 1H), 6.98-6.96 (d, J = 5.22 Hz, 1H), 4.89-4.87 (d, J = 5.31 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.06 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.49 (m, 1H), 2.13-1.84 (m, 4H).
    119
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00192
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 210 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00006
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00006
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00006
     δ 9.94 (s, 1H), 8.76-8.75 (d, J = 4.20 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.39 (d, J = 5.19 Hz, 1H), 6.99-6.98 (d, J = 5.22 Hz, 1H), 5.05-5.04 (d, J = 2.07 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.15 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.96-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.73 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.56 (m, 4H).
    120
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00193
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 202 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.19 (s, 3H), 4.89-4.86 (d, J = 7.25 Hz, 1H), 4.06-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.06 (m, 2H), 2.76-2.62 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.98 (d, J = 2.14 Hz, 3H).
    121
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00194
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 216 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 9.25 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 5.00-4.97 (d, J = 8.10 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.65 (m, 5H), 2.01-2.00 (d, J = 2.10 Hz, 3H).
    122
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00195
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 216 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 4.91-4.85 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.79-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.43 (m, 2H), 1.22-1.15 (m, 3H).
    123
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00196
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 230 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 4.98-4.94 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.14 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.33 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.69 (m, 5H), 2.62-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.35 (m, 1H), 1.22-1.17 (t, J = 7.55 Hz, 3H).
    124
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00197
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.20 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.70 (td, J = 4.0, 11.0 Hz, 1H), 3.49 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (dd, J = 8.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.94-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H).
    125
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00198
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 1.17 min, M+ 207 @ 1.1 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD-d4): δ 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 4.76 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (s, 1H), 4.16-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.68 (m, 1H).
    126
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00199
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.34 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 5.06 (s, 1H), 4.25-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.38 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.16-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.65 (m, 1H).
    127
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00200
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.34 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 5.06 (s, 1H), 4.25-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.38 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.16-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.65 (m, 1H).
    128
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00201
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.36 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 4.76 Hz, 1H), 5.14-5.11 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.70-2.64 (m, 1H).
    129
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00202
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.36 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 4.76 Hz, 1H), 5.14-5.11 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.70-2.64 (m, 1H).
    130
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00203
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.11 (br s, 1H), 8.59 (br s, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 5.05-5.03 (d, J = 6.63 Hz, 1H), 4.04-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.59 (d, J = 1.68 Hz, 3H), 2.13 (s, 3H).
    131
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00204
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.11 (br s, 1H), 8.59 (br s, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 5.05-5.03 (d, J = 6.63 Hz, 1H), 4.04-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.59 (d, J = 1.68 Hz, 3H), 2.13 (s, 3H).
    132
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00205
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.16 (br s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.07-5.05 (d, J = 8.07 Hz, 1H), 4.05-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.47-2.41 (m, 2H), 1.22-1.17 (t, J = 7.40 Hz, 3H).
    133
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00206
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.16 (br s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.07-5.05 (d, J = 8.07 Hz, 1H), 4.05-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.47-2.41 (m, 2H), 1.22-1.17 (t, J = 7.40 Hz, 3H).
    134
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00207
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 184 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.15 (s, 3H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 4.98-4.96 (d, J = 8.10 Hz, 1H), 4.12-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.98 (s, 1H), 2.85-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H).
    135
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00208
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.17 (s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 6.62-6.61 (s, J = 0.95 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.06 (m, 1H), 5.09-5.06 (d, J = 9.06 Hz, 1H), 3.78-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.52 (m, 5H), 2.40 (s, 3H).
    136
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00209
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.23 (s, 3H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 5.00-4.97 (d, J = 7.85 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.03-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.58 (m, 2H), 1.23-1.18 (t, J = 7.50 Hz, 3H).
    137
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00210
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 212 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6 +D2O): δ 6.64 (s, 1H), 5.02-5.00 (d, J = 7.82 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.63 (m, 5H), 1.21-1.16 (t, J = 7.56 Hz, 3H).
    138
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00211
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 202 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.31-9.29 (d, J = 6.24 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 5.06-5.03 (d, J = 8.79 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.57 (m, 5H).
    139
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00212
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 184 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.06 (s, 3H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 5.02-4.99 (d, J = 8.93 Hz, 1H), 4.19-1.13 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H).
    140
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00213
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.87 (s, 2H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 5.11-5.08 (d, J = 9.64 Hz, 1H), 4.02-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.35 (s, 1H), 3.20-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.50 (m, 5H), 2.09 (s, 3H).
    141
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00214
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.21 (s, 3H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 5.03-5.00 (d, J = 8.15 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.99 (s, 1H), 2.68-2.60 (m, 3H), 2.45-2.43 (m, 1H), 1.18-1.14 (t, J = 7.59 Hz, 3H).
    142
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00215
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 212 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6 +D2O): δ 7.08 (s, 1H), 5.05 (d, J = 10 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.35 (m, 6H), 1.19-1.14 (t, J = 7.49 Hz, 3H).
    143
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00216
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.20 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 3.33-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 2.99 (dd, J = 2.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (apt, J = 1.5 Hz, 2H), 2.02-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.71-1.64 (m, 1H).
    144
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00217
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.21 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 3.36 (dd, J = 3.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 3.09 (dd, J = 3.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (apt, J = 1.5 Hz, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.03-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.65 (m, 1H).
    145
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00218
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 154 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.10-7.98 (d, J = 9.68 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.38 (d, J = 3.95 Hz, 1H), 6.98-6.96 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 3.35-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.79 (m, 3H), 2.70-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.22 (m, 1H).
    146
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00219
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 168 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 7.33-7.31 (d, J = 4.20 Hz, 1H), 6.91-6.90 (d, J = 4.52 Hz, 1H), 3.49-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.11-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.24 (m, 1H).
    147
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00220
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 228 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6):
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 9.56-9.53 (d, J = 7.21 Hz, 1H), 8.38-8.29 (m, 1H), 6.76-6.75 (d, J = 2.46 Hz, 1H), 3.96-3.92 (t, J = 5.45 Hz, 2H), 3.33-3.13 (m, 3H), 2.87-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.62 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.83 (m, 3H), 1.72-1.67 (m, 1H).
    148
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00221
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 214 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 9.90 (s, 1H), 9.40 (s, 1H), 6.80-6.79 (d, J = 2.42 Hz, 1H), 3.98-3.86 (t, J = 5.51 Hz, 2H), 3.44-3.39 (m, 2H), 2.30-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.71-2.67 (t, J = 5.01 Hz, 2H), 2.26-2.21 (m, 2H).
    149
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00222
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 218 (MH+); 1H NMR (D2O): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 7.35-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.11 (m, 1H), 6.97-6.87 (m, 3H), 5.65-5.63 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.31 (m, 3H).
    150
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00223
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 232 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 9.25 (s, 1H), 8.99 (s, 1H), 7.70-7.62 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.33 (dd, J = 7.47 Hz, 1.50 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.10 (d, J = 5.07 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.00 (m, 2H), 5.85-5.81 (dd, J = 9.36 Hz, 2.75 Hz, 1H), 3.50-3.39 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H).
    151
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00224
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 244 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 10.16-10.14 (d, J = 3.60 Hz, 1H), 9.97 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.64 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.05-7.01 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.43 (m, 3H), 2.44-2.33 (m, 2H).
    152
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00225
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 1.17 min, M+ 238 @ 1.21 min; 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.10-7.09 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.91-6.89 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.90-4.84 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.52 (m, 4H), 1.69-1.59 (m, 4H), 1.50-1.43 (m, 2H).
    153
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00226
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 1.17 min, M+ 238 @ 1.21 min; 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.10-7.09 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.91-6.89 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.90-4.84 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.52 (m, 4H), 1.69-1.59 (m, 4H), 1.50-1.43 (m, 2H).
    154
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00227
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.40 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.45 (dd, J = 2.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J = 8.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.63 (dd, J = 2.0, 6.0 Hz, 1H).
    155
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00228
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.40 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.45 (dd, J = 2.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J = 8.5, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.63 (dd, J = 2.0, 6.0 Hz, 1H).
    156
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00229
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.10 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (dd, J = 3.0, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (dt, J = 4.5, 12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.59 (dd, J = 2.5, 12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.39-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 1.99-1.88 (m, 2H).
    157
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00230
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.10 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (dd, J = 3.0, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (dt, J = 4.5, 12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.59 (dd, J = 2.5, 12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.39-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 1.99-1.88 (m, 2H).
    158
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00231
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 0.19 min, M+ 187 @ 0.38 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.28 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 5.04-5.00 (m, 1H), 4.29-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.56 (dd, J = 2.57, 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.78 (m, 1H).
    159
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00232
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 2.03 min, M+ 224 @ 2.13 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.65 (s, 1H), 3.97-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.47 (m, 3H), 3.34 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 1H), 2.78-2.73 (m, 4H), 2.32-2.28 (m, 2H), 1.24 (t, J = 7.70 Hz, 3H).
    160
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00233
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 2.03 min, M+ 224 @ 2.13 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.65 (s, 1H), 3.97-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.47 (m, 3H), 3.34 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 1H), 2.78-2.73 (m, 4H), 2.32-2.28 (m, 2H), 1.24 (t, J = 7.70 Hz, 3H).
    161
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00234
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 1.42 min, M+ 207 @ 1.41 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 4.76 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (s, 1H), 4.16-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.68 (m, 1H).
    162
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00235
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 1.42 min, M+ 207 @ 1.41 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 4.76 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (s, 1H), 4.16-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.68 (m, 1H).
    163
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00236
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 204 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.06 (s, 3H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 4.82-4.80 (d, J = 6.95 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.03-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.68 (m, 3H).
    164
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00237
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 218 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 6.84 (s, 1H), 4.94-4.91 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H)
    165
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00238
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 238 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.45 (s, 1H), 4.97-4.94 (m, 1H), 4.35-4.28 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.51 (dd, J = 13.12 Hz, 2.68 Hz, 1H), 3.23-3.02 (dd, J = 13.10 Hz, 18.16 Hz, 1H), 3.07-3.04 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.86 (m, 1H).
    166
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00239
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 252 (MH+); 1H NMR (CDCl3): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 9.43 (s, 1H), 8.89 (s, 1H), 5.35-5.33 (d, J = 8.46 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.52 (d, J = 9.27 Hz, 1H), 3.17-3.12 (m, 2H), 3.09-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 1H).
    167
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00240
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 188 (MH+); 1H NMR (D2O): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 6.27-6.26 (d, J = 2.15 Hz, 1H), 4.85-4.84 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.50 (m, 1H).
    168
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00241
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 202 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.28 (brs, 1H), 8.73 (brs, 1H), 6.64-6.63 (d, J = 2.11 Hz, 1H), 4.93-4.90 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.73 (m, 3H), 2.62-2.51 (m, 3H).
    169
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00242
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 184 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.06 (s, 3H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 5.02-4.99 (d, J = 8.93 Hz, 1H), 4.19-1.13 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H).
    170
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00243
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 184 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.06 (s, 3H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 5.02-4.99 (d, J = 8.93 Hz, 1H), 4.19-1.13 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H).
    171
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00244
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 0.46 min, M+ 198 @ 0.48 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.99 (s, 1H), 5.12-5.09 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.27 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J = 8.43, 12.83 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.73-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.15 (s, 3H).
    172
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00245
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 0.46 min, M+ 198 @ 0.48 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.99 (s, 1H), 5.12-5.09 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.27 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J = 8.43, 12.83 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.73-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.15 (s, 3H).
    173
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00246
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 216 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.25 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 5.00-4.97 (d, J = 8.10 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.65 (m, 5H), 2.01-2.00 (d, J = 2.10 Hz, 3H).
    174
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00247
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 216 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 9.25 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 5.00-4.97 (d, J = 8.10 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.65 (m, 5H), 2.01-2.00 (d, J = 2.10 Hz, 3H).
    175
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00248
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 168 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.11 (s, 3H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 3.31-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.08-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.13 (d, J = 0.84 Hz, 3H).
    176
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00249
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 182 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.89 (s, 1H), 3.33-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.09-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.93-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.68 (m, 4H), 2.44-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H).
    177
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00250
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 154 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.23 (s, 3H), 7.44-7.43 (d, J = 4.50 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.86 (d, J = 4.85 Hz, 1H), 3.51 (s, 1H), 3.05 (s, 1H), 2.79-2.56 (m, 4H), 2.35-2.24 (m, 1H).
    178
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00251
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 168 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.07-9.06 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.44 (d, J = 4.88 Hz, 1H), 6.88-6.86 (d, J = 4.86 Hz, 1H), 3.60-3.58 (d, J = 3.39 Hz, 1H), 3.20-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.60 (m, 3H), 2.57-2.53 (m, 3H), 2.43-2.31 (m, 1H).
    179
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00252
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 168 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.10 (s, 3H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 3.09-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.54 (m, 3H), 2.33-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.08 (d, J = 0.93 Hz, 3H).
    180
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00253
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 236 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 7.27-7.26 (d, J = 3.99 Hz, 1H), 6.97-6.96 (d, J = 4.23 Hz, 1H), 3.62-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.21 (m, 3H), 3.10-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.91 (s, 2H), 2.68 (s, 2H), 1.77-1.72 (m, 9H), 1.38 (s, 1H).
    181
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00254
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 168 (MH+); 1H NMR (CDCl3): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00006
     δ 7.11-7.10 (d, J = 5.07 Hz, 1H), 6.80-6.78 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 2.99-2.89 (m, 3H), 2.70-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.59 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 2H).
    182
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00255
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 182 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD):  
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 7.26-7.24 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 6.82-6.81 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 3.42-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.14-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.69-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.320-2.07 (m, 1H), 2.03-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.67 (m, 2H).
    183
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00256
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 236 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 7.15-7.14 (d, J = 5.15 Hz, 1H), 6.76-6.74 (d, J = 5.17 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.05 (t, J = 12.90 Hz, 2H), 3.59-3.55 (t, J = 12.90 Hz, 2H), 3.43-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.17 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.61 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.51 (m, 6H), 1.50-1.43 (m, 2H).
    184
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00257
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 182 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.84 (s, 1H), 3.09-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.05-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.85 (m, 4H).
    185
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00258
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 196 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.74 (s, 1H), 2.95 (d, J = 11.86 Hz, 1H), 2.83-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.52-2.45 (dd, J = 12.55 Hz, 6.96 Hz, 1H), 2.41 (s, 1H), 2.30-2.26 (d, J = 13.27 Hz, 1H), 2.21-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.182-2.179 (m, 3H), 1.89-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.58 (m, 1H).
    186
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00259
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 250 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.72 (s, 1H), 3.01-2.97 (d, J = 10.96 Hz, 1H), 2.82-2.62 (m, 3H), 2.52-2.45 (m, 3H), 2.30-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 1.91-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.49 (m, 8H).
    187
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00260
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 195 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 7.42-7.40 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.90-6.89 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.05-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.39-3.35 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.84 (m, 1H).
    188
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00261
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 209 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.26-9.23 (d, J = 8.75 Hz, 1H), 8.41-8.32 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.44 (dd, J = 8.75 Hz, 5.10 Hz, 1H), 6.91-6.88 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.07-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.61 (m, 2H), 2.01-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.71-1.67 (m, 1H).
    189
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00262
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 209 (MH+); 1H NMR (D2O): δ 6.94 (s, 1H), 3.99-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.63-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.20 (m, 2H), 1.98 (s, 3H).
    190
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00263
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 223 (MH+); 1H NMR (D2O): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00006
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00006
     δ 6.89 (s, 1H), 3.96-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.39 (d, J = 13.56 Hz, 1H), 3.24-3.20 (d, J = 12.30 Hz, 1H), 3.07-3.03 (d, J = 13.44 Hz, 1H), 2.89-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.47 (m, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.78 (m, 3H), 1.72-1.67 (m, 1H).
    191
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00264
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 224 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00007
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00007
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00007
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00007
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00007
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 8.22-8.16 (d, J = 13.20 Hz, 3H), 4.90-4.86 (t, J = 12.15 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.05 (s, 2H), 2.72-2.66 (m, 4H), 2.41-2.32 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.53 (m, 2H).
    192
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00265
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 238 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00007
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00007
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00007
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00007
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00005
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00007
     δ 9.39-9.36 (d, J = 11.15 Hz, 1H), 8.70-8.64 (m, 1H), 5.01-4.98 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.79-2.57 (m, 7H), 2.50-2.42 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.51 (m, 2H).
    193
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00266
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 210 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00008
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00008
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00008
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00008
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00008
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00008
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 8.23 (s, 3H), 4.91-4.88 (d, J = 7.80 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.10 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.70 (m, 4H), 2.62-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.31 (m, 2H).
    194
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00267
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 224 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 9.40 (s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 5.02-4.99 (d, J = 9.05 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.71 (m, 4H), 2.68-2.50 (m, 5H), 2.42-2.35 (m, 2H).
    195
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00268
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 238 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 8.09 (s, 3H), 4.88-4.85 (d, J = 9.81 Hz, 1H), 3.97-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 3.12-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.56 (m, 4H), 1.91-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.47 (m, 4H).
    196
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00269
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 252 (MH+); 1H NMR (D2O): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 4.91-4.89 (d, J = 7.82 Hz, 1H), 3.88-3.87 (d, J = 4.74 Hz, 1H), 3.74-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.52 (m, 7H), 2.33 (s, 2H), 1.68 (s, 2H), 1.43 (s, 4H).
    197
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00270
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 224 (MH+); 1H NMR (D2O): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00006
     δ 5.02-5.00 (d, J = 5.72 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.42 (m, 3H), 2.36-1.68 (m, 3H), 1.66 (s, 4H).
    198
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00271
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 238 (MH+); 1H NMR (D2O): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 5.06 (s, 1H), 4.12-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.74 (s, 1H), 3.40-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.61-2.51 (m, 3H), 2.43-2.33 (m, 3H), 1.68 (m, 4H).
    199
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00272
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 210 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 8.14 (s, 3H), 4.98-4.95 (d, J = 8.71 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.03-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.52 (m, 4H), 2.42-2.33 (m, 2H).
    200
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00273
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 224 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00008
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00008
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00008
     δ 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.74-8.72 (d, J = 6.00 Hz, 1H), 5.09-5.05 (d, J = 9.20 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.03 (m, 4H), 3.79-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.57 (t, J = 2.57 Hz, 4H), 2.42-2.33 (m, 2H).
    201
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00274
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 238 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00005
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 8.30 (s, 3H), 4.96-4.93 (d, J = 7.92 Hz, 1H), 4.16-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.42 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.47 (m, 4H).
    202
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00275
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 210 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 9.82-9.80 (d, J = 4.11 Hz, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.49 (d, J = 5.04 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.74 (d, J = 5.04 Hz, 1H), 5.03-5.00 (d, J = 7.17 Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.71 (m, 2H), 3.13 (s, 2H), 2.86-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.26-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.87 (m, 3H).
    203
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00276
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 210 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00005
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 10.19 (s, 1H), 8.90 (brs, 1H), 7.51-7.49 (dd, J = 5.01 Hz, 0.69 Hz, 1H), 6.94-6.93 (d, J = 5.01 Hz, 1H), 5.22-5.21 (d, J = 1.83 Hz, 1H), 4.25-4.20 (dd, J = 11.34 Hz, 5.31 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (s, 1H), 3.75-3.66 (td, J = 11.34 Hz, 3.60 Hz, 1H), 3.19-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.59 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.66 (m, 4H).
    204
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00277
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 210 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 9.82 (s, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 4.51-7.49 (d, J = 5.01 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.94 (d, J = 5.04 Hz, 1H), 5.03-5.01 (d, J = 7.32 Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.13 (s, 2H), 2.86-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.26-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.87 (m, 3H).
    205
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00278
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 210 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00006
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 10.23 (s, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.49 (d, J = 5.78 Hz, 1H), 6.94-6.92 (s, J = 5.16 Hz, 1H), 5.22 (s, 1H), 4.25-4.19 (dd, J = 11.24 Hz, 5.45 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (s, 1H), 3.74-3.66 (td, J = 11.31 Hz, 3.57 Hz, 1H), 3.19-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.58 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.63 (m, 4H).
    206
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00279
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 9.02-9.00 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.41 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 7.04-7.02 (d, J = 5.12 Hz, 1H), 4.82-4.81 (d, J = 2.15 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.68 (m, 2H), 2.91-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.37 (m, 3H), 1.39-1.37 (d, J = 6.96 Hz, 3H).
    207
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00280
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 184 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 7.90 (s, 3H), 7.41-7.39 (d, J = 5.19 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.98 (d, J = 5.25 Hz, 1H), 4.72-4.71 (d, J = 2.13 Hz, 1H), 4.70-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.34 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.34 (d, J = 6.72 Hz, 3H).
    208
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00281
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 184 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 8.38 (s, 3H), 7.43-7.39 (d, J = 5.19 Hz, 1H), 6.70-6.98 (d, J = 5.22 Hz, 1H), 4.98 (s, 1H), 4.97-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.62 (td, J = 11.13 Hz, J = 3.53 Hz, 1H), 2.97-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.49 (m, 1H), 0.91-0.88 (d, J = 6.72 Hz, 3H).
    209
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00282
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6):
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 9.24-9.14 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.40 (d, J = 5.17 Hz, 1H), 6.94-6.92 (d, J = 5.42 Hz, 1H), 5.17-5.16 (d, J = 1.80 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 1H), 3.73-3.65 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 0.93-0.91 (d, J = 6.62 Hz, 3H).
    210
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00283
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 8.91 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.41 (d, J = 5.22 Hz, 1H), 7.04-7.02 (d, J = 5.22 Hz, 1H), 4.81-4.80 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.67 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.37 (t, J = 5.42 Hz, 3H), 1.39-1.37 (d, J = 6.75 Hz, 3H).
    211
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00284
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00005
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 9.20-9.10 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.40 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 6.94-6.72 (d, J = 5.16 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (s, 1H), 4.27-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.65 (td, J = 11.18 Hz, 3.42 Hz, 2H), 2.98-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 0.92-0.90 (d, J = 6.66 Hz, 3H).
    212
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00285
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 184 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 8.03 (s, 3H), 7.52-7.50 (dd, J = 0.58 Hz, J = 5.03 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.94 (d, J = 5.04 Hz, 1H), 4.83-4.82 (d, J = 5.48 Hz, 1H), 4.17-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.47 (s, 1H), 2.80-2.61 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.40 (d, J = 6.63 Hz, 3H).
    213
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00286
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 184 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6):
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 8.42 (s, 3H), 7.51-7.49 (dd, J = 5.11 Hz, J = 0.62 Hz, 1H), 6.94-6.93 (d, J = 5.12 Hz, 1H), 5.14-5.13 (d, J = 1.50 Hz, 1H), 4.25-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.62 (td, J = 11.12 Hz, 3.64 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (s, 1H), 2.84-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.57 (m, 1H), 1.01-0.98 (d, J = 6.95 Hz, 3H).
    214
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00287
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 184 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): _ 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 7.87 (s, 3H), 7.53-7.51 (d, J = 4.65 Hz, 1H), 6.97-6.95 (d, J = 5.22 Hz, 1H), 4.82-4.80 (d, J = 5.07 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.14 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.44 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.62 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.38 (d, J = 6.57 Hz, 3H).
    215
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00288
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 184 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 8.32 (s, 3H), 7.51-7.49 (dd, J = 5.01 Hz, J = 0.57 Hz, 1H), 6.95-6.93 (d, J = 5.01 Hz, 1H), 5.11-5.10 (d, J = 1.65 Hz, 1H), 4.25-4.20 (dd, J = 11.34 Hz, 4.98 Hz, 1H), 3.72-3.63 (td, J = 11.27 Hz, 3.51 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (s, 1H), 2.84-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.58 (m, 1H), 1.01-0.98 (d, J = 6.75 Hz, 3H).
    216
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00289
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00005
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 9.09 (s, 1H), 8.35-8.32 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.52 (d, J = 5.12 Hz, 1H), 6.97-6.95 (d, J = 4.80 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.51 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.45 (m, 3H), 1.46-1.43 (d, J = 6.64 Hz, 3H).
    217
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00290
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): _ 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 9.42-9.17 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.49 (d, J = 4.85 Hz, 1H), 6.94-6.92 (d, J = 5.18 Hz, 1H), 5.33-5.33 (d, J = 1.27 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.19 (dd, J = 11.28 Hz, 5.37 Hz, 1H), 3.73-3.64 (td, J = 11.31 Hz, 5.37 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (s, 1H), 2.84-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.62 (m, 1H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 1.02-1.00 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H).
    218
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00291
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 9.07-9.06 (d, J = 5.45 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.52 (d, J = 5.01 Hz, 1H), 6.97-6.95 (d, J = 5.04 Hz, 1H), 4.94-4.92 (s, J = 5.28 Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.49 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.45 (m, 3H), 1.46-1.43 (d, J = 6.63 Hz, 3H).
    219
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00292
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 9.39-9.38 (d, J = 1.17 Hz, 1H), 9.16-9.14 (d, J = 4.92 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.49 (dd, J = 4.95 Hz, 0.42 Hz, 1H), 6.94-6.93 (d, J = 5.01 Hz, 1H), 5.33-5.32 (d, J = 1.49 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.19 (dd, J = 11.33 Hz, 5.21 Hz, 1H), 3.73-3.64 (td, J = 11.31 Hz, 3.57 Hz, 1H), 3.55-3.53 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.58 (m, 4H), 1.10-0.99 (d, J = 6.72 Hz, 3H).
    220
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00293
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.14 (br s, 3H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 4.97-4.90 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.08 (t, J = 10.66 Hz, 2H), 2.88-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.12 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 3H).
    221
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00294
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.14 (br s, 3H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 4.97-4.90 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.08 (t, J = 10.66 Hz, 2H), 2.88-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.12 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 3H).
    222
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00295
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 0.67 min, M+ 201 @ 0.63 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.90 (s, 1H), 5.05-5.02 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.28 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.19 (s, 3H).
    223
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00296
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 0.67 min, M+ 201 @ 0.63 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.90 (s, 1H), 5.05-5.02 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.28 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.19 (s, 3H).
    224
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00297
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 0.70 min, M+ 201 @ 0.73 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.99 (s, 1H), 5.10 (d, J = 8.07 Hz, 1H), 4.32-4.27 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.14 (s, 3H).
    225
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00298
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 0.70 min, M+ 201 @ 0.73 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.99 (s, 1H), 5.10 (d, J = 8.07 Hz, 1H), 4.32-4.27 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.14 (s, 3H).
    226
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00299
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 0.17-0.36 min, M+ 187 @ 0.35 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.37 (d, J = 2.93 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 2.93 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (d, J = 7.33 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.50 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.3-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.67 (m, 1H).
    227
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00300
    HCl LC-MS (6 minute method): 0.17-0.36 min, M+ 187 @ 0.35 min; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.37 (d, J = 2.93 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 2.93 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (d, J = 7.33 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.50 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.3-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.67 (m, 1H).
    228
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00301
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 207 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.20-8.19 (d, J = 2.61 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.29 (d, J = 5.25 Hz, 1H), 6.79-6.74 (m, 2H), 6.08 (s, 1H), 4.21-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.89 (m, 1H).
    229
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00302
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 207 (MH+); 1H NMR (D2O): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00006
     δ 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.23-7.22 (d, J = 3.72 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.00-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.81 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.62 (m, 2H).
    230
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00303
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 221 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 7.31-7.29 (d, J = 5.19 Hz, 1H), 6.81-6.79 (d, J = 5.22 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 6.09 (s, 1H), 4.21-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.09-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H).
    231
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00304
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 221 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 7.41-7.39 (dd, J = 5.09 Hz, 0.71 Hz, 1H), 6.95-6.93 (d, J = 5.07 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 6.16 (s, 1H), 4.21-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.94 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.75 (m, 1H), 1.19 (s, 3H).
    232
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00305
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 221 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 9.71-9.66 (d, J = 15.52 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.33 (m, 2H), 6.62-6.61 (d, J = 5.19 Hz, 1H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 5.91-5.90 (d, J = 1.77 Hz, 1H), 3.93-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.89-2.86 (t, J = 5.27 Hz, 2H).
    233
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00306
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 221 (MH+); 1H NMR (CDCl3): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 12.01 (s, 1H), 7.85-7.84 (d, J = 2.40 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.28 (m, 1H), 6.91-6.87 (d, J = 5.07 Hz, 1H), 6.50-6.49 (d, J = 2.34 Hz, 1H), 6.08 (s, 1H), 4.20 (s, 3H), 4.07-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.88 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.88 (m, 2H).
    234
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00307
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 221 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.67 (s, 1H), 7.27-7.25 (d, J = 5.25 Hz, 1H), 6.57-6.56 (d, J = 5.28 Hz, 1H), 5.97-5.96 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.01-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.07 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.29 (s, 3H).
    235
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00308
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 221 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.31 (dd, J = 5.07 Hz, 0.75 Hz, 1H), 6.92-6.70 (d, J = 5.07 Hz, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.27-4.20 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H).
    236
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00309
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 221 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 7.16-7.14 (d, J = 5.19 Hz, 1H), 6.68-6.67 (d, J = 0.48 Hz, 1H), 6.64-6.62 (d, J = 5.16 Hz, 1H), 5.71 (s, 1H), 4.11-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.84 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H).
    237
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00310
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 221 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 7.27-7.25 (dd, J = 5.07 Hz, 0.75 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.85 (d, J = 5.04 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 5.82 (s, 1H), 4.17-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.86 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.69 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H).
    238
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00311
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 221 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 8.95 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.33 (d, J = 5.25 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 6.75-6.73 (d, J = 5.25 Hz, 1H), 6.10 (s, 1H), 4.02-3.97 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.00-2.97 (m, 2H).
    239
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00312
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 221 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 8.96 (s, 1H), 7.48-7.47 (d, J = 1.11 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.44 (dd, J = 5.07 Hz, 0.69 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 4.09-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.87 (d, J = 0.45 Hz, 3H), 2.89-2.84 (m, 2H).
    240
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00313
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.36 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (ddd, J = 3.0, 1.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (dt, J = 3.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (dd, J = 3.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J = 3.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (q, J = 1.7 Hz, 2H), 2.91-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.65 (m, 1H), 1.32 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 3H).
    241
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00314
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.36 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (ddd, J = 3.0, 1.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (dt, J = 3.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (dd, J = 3.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J = 3.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (q, J = 1.7 Hz, 2H), 2.91-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.65 (m, 1H), 1.32 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 3H).
    242
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00315
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.36 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (ddd, J = 3.0, 1.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (dt, J = 3.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (dd, J = 3.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J = 3.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (q, J = 1.7 Hz, 2H), 2.91-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.65 (m, 1H), 1.32 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 3H).
    243
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00316
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.37 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (apd, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (ddd, J = 3.0, 1.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (ddd, J = 3.0, 2.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.49-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.67 (m, 1H), 1.35 (dd, J = 2.3, 1.6 Hz, 6H).
    244
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00317
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.37 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (apd, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (ddd, J = 3.0, 1.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (ddd, J = 3.0, 2.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.49-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.67 (m, 1H), 1.35 (dd, J = 2.3, 1.6 Hz, 6H).
    245
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00318
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.37 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (apd, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (ddd, J = 3.0, 1.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (ddd, J = 3.0, 2.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.49-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.67 (m, 1H), 1.35 (dd, J = 2.3, 1.6 Hz, 6H).
    246
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00319
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.36 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 5.24 (apd, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.29-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.85 (dt, J = 2.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.81-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.50 (dd, J = 3.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.91-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.00 (m, 4H).
    247
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00320
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 246 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.29 (s, 1H), 8.92 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.64 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 7.10-7.37 (dd, J = 7.47 Hz, 1.50 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.11 (d, J = 5.07 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.00 (m, 2H), 5.88-5.84 (dd, J = 9.36 Hz, 2.75 Hz, 1H), 3.50-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.07-3.02 (m, 2H), 1.27-1.22 (t, J = 7.23 Hz, 3H).
    248
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00321
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 218 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.40 (s, 3H), 7.71-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.59-7.57 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.03 (m, 2H), 5.87-5.82 (dd, J = 8.90 Hz, 3.23 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.25 (m, 2H).
    249
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00322
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 232 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.36 (s, 1H), 9.09 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.70 (d, J = 5.10 Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.75 (d, J = 6.27 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.57 (d, J = 5.13 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.01-5.96 (dd, J = 8.18 Hz, J = 4.28 Hz, 1H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 2.65 (s, 3H).
    250
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00323
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 246 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6 +D2O): δ 7.69-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.55 (d, J = 5.07 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.03 (m, 2H), 5.93-5.88 (t, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.44-3.33 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.03 (m, 2H), 1.24-1.19 (t, J = 7.22 Hz, 3H).
    251
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00324
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.21 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 3.36 (dd, J = 3.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 3.09 (dd, J = 3.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (apt, J = 1.5 Hz, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.03-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.65 (m, 1H).
    252
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00325
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.21 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 3.36 (dd, J = 3.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 3.09 (dd, J = 3.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (apt, J = 1.5 Hz, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.03-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.65 (m, 1H).
    253
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00326
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 9.85 (d, J = 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J = 1.3, 1H), 6.73 (d, J = 1.3 H, 1H), 6.09 (s, 1H), 4.12-3.95 (m, 2H), 2.99 (ddt, J = 11.0, 4.0, 1.5 Hz, 2H).
    254
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00327
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 9.52 (d, J = 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 1.3, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 1.3 H, 1H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 4.15 (dt, J = 2.5, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.92 (m, 1H), 2.96-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.75 (m, 1H).
    255
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00328
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 254.4 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 7.89-7.86 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.76 (d, J = 1.89 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.34 (dd, J = 8.60 Hz, 1.97 Hz, 1H), 5.27-5.23 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.13-2.94 (m, 2H).
    256
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00329
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 268 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6 +D2O): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 7.89-7.85 (d, J = 8.58 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.76 (d, J = 1.38 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.34 (dd, J = 8.80 Hz, 1.70 Hz, 1H), 5.34-5.31 (d, J = 7.77 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.01-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H).
    257
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00330
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 254 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 7.69-7.66 (dd, J = 6.95 Hz, 1.94 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.40 (m, 2H), 5.30-5.26 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.35 (dd, J = 13.42 Hz, 8.45 Hz, 1H), 3.10-3.02 (m, 2H).
    258
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00331
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 268 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 7.72-7.70 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.40 (m, 2H), 5.36-5.33 (m, 1H), 4.92-4.26 (m, 1H), 4.01-3.95 )m, 1H), 3.73-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.03 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H).
    259
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00332
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 288 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 5.25-5.22 (d, J = 8.50, 1H), 4.30-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.03-2.94 (m, 2H).
    260
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00333
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 302 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 5.33-5.29 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.41 (dd, J = 13.10 Hz, 9.17 Hz, 1H), 3.07-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H).
    261
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00334
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 254 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.88-7.85 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.73 (d, J = 1.65 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.35 (dd, J = 8.57 Hz,1.79 Hz, 1H), 5.21-8.19 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.01-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.82 (m, 1H).
    262
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00335
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 268 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 7.90-7.87 (d, J = 8.55 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.76 (d, J = 1.98 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.36 (dd, J = 8.58 Hz, 2.04 Hz, 1H), 5.28-5.24 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.35 (dd, J = 12.95 Hz, 8.42 Hz, 1H), 3.00-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.79 (s, 3H).
    263
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00336
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 254 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.24 (s, 3H), 7.78-7.75 (dd, J = 7.31 Hz, 1.40 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.46 (m, 2H), 5.21-2.19 (d, J = 6.24 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 1H), 3.19-3.17 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.89 (m, 2H).
    264
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00337
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 268 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.44-9.38 (m, 1H), 8.93-8.86 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.75 (dd, J = 7.34 Hz,1.43 Hz, 1H), 7.55-7.46 (m, 2H), 5.34-5.32 (d, J = 7.65 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.83 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.59 (t, J = 4.80 Hz, 3H).
    265
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00338
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 288 (MH+); 1H NMR (MeOD): δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 5.20-5.15 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.01-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.83 (s, 1H).
    266
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00339
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 302 (MH+); 1H NMR (MeOD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00007
     δ 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 5.26-5.22 (dd, J = 8.51 Hz, 2.64 Hz, 1H), 4.43-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.36 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.79 (s, 3H).
    267
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00340
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 4.97 (dd, J = 2.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 4.05-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J = 3.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 2.64-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H).
    268
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00341
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 5.03 (dd, J = 2.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.39 (dd, J = 3.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.32-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.69-2.61 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H).
    269
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00342
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.87 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.15 (m, 1H), 4.39 (ddd, J = 3.0, 1.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (ddd, J = 3.0, 2.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.48 (dd, J = 3.3, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.30-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.03-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.85 (m, 1H).
    270
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00343
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.87 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.25-5.22 (m, 1H), 4.39 (ddd, J = 3.0, 1.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (ddd, J = 2.0, 1.7, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (dd, J = 3.3, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.38 (dd, J = 3.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.05-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H).
    271
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00344
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.87 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dt, J = 1.7, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 4.18-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.74 (apd, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.65-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.47 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (t, J = 1.0 Hz, 2H), 2.60-2.54 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.39 (m, 1H).
    272
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00345
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.87 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (dt, J = 2.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 5.25-5.22 (m, 1H), 4.40 (ddd, J = 3.0, 1.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (dt, J = 3.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (dd, J = 3.3, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.36 (dd, J = 3.0, 2.0 Hz,1H), 3.14 (dq, J = 1.7, 0.7 Hz, 2H), 3.00-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.87 (m, 1H), 1.34 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 3H).
    273
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00346
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.87 (s, 1H), 3.41-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.39-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.20 (s, 3H).
    274
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00347
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.87 (s, 1H), 3.41-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.39-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.20 (s, 3H).
    275
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00348
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 218 (MH 1H NMR (MeOD): δ 6.84 (s, 1H), 5.08-5.03 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.66-2.58 (m, 1H).
    276
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00349
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 246 (MH+); 1H NMR (MeOD): δ 7.49-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 5.36-5.32 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.08-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.70 (m, 2H).
    277
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00350
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 260 (MH+); 1H NMR (MeOD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00008
     δ 7.50-7.38 (m, 5H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 5.42-5.38 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.90 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H).
    278
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00351
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 247 (MH+); 1H NMR CD3OD): δ 8.90-8.88 (d, J = 6.87 Hz, 2H), 8.22-8.19 (d, J = 6.87 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 5.67-5.62 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.24 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.22-2.85 (m, 4H).
    279
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00352
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 261 (MH+); 1H NMR (MeOD): δ 8.90-8.88 (d, J = 6.87 Hz, 2H), 8.22-8.19 (d, J = 6.87 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 5.74-5.71 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.24 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.32-2.94 (m, 4H), 2.61 (s, 3H).
    280
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00353
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 288 (MH+); 1H NMR (MeOD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00006
     δ 7.85-7.82 (d, J = 8.40 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.49 (d, J = 8.40 Hz, 1H), 5.76-5.73 (d, J = 9.92 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.16 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.61 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.12-2.99 (m, 2H).
    281
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00354
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 302 (MH+); 1H NMR (D2O): δ 7.42-7.41 (d, J = 2.42 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 5.50 (s, 1H), 4.00 (s, 2H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 2.98-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.70 (s, 3H).
    282
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00355
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 184 (MH+); 1H NMR (MeOD): δ 7.28 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 5.00-4.96 (m, 1H), 4.24 (ddd, J = 2.8, 1.4, 0.3 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (dt, J = 2.8, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 2H), 2.90-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.00 (m, 1H).
    283
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00356
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (MeOD): δ 7.29 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 5.00-4.97 (m, 1H), 4.25 (ddd, J = 2.9, 1.5, 0.4 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (dt, J = 2.9, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 3.23-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.64-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.02 (m, 1H).
    284
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00357
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.35 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 3.62-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.25 (m, 1H).
    285
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00358
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.35 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 3.62-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.25 (m, 1H).
    286
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00359
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.30 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (apd, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (ddd, J = 3.0, 1.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.88-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.46 (m, 6H), 3.43-3.29 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.80 (m, 1H).
    287
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00360
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.37 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 5.40-5.33 (m, 1H), 4.82-4.25 (m, 2H), 3.85 (dt, J = 2.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.88-3.75 (m, 6H), 3.54-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.91-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.67 (m, 1H).
    288
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00361
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.29 (d, J = 0.7 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 0.7 Hz, 1H), 5.18 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (ddd, J = 3.0, 1.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.87-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.40 (m, 6H), 3.39-3.12 (m, 3H), 3.11-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 2.92-2.82 (m, 1H).
    289
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00362
    HCl 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.35 (d, J = 1. 3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (brd, J = = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (ddd, J = 3.0, 1.3, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (dt, J = 2.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 3.80-3.32 (m, 9H), 3.25 (m, 1H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.89-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.65 (m, 1H).
    290
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00363
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 183 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 3.47-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.21-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 2.88 (s, 2H), 2.35-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.92 (m, 2H).
    291
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00364
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 197 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 3.21 (s, 1H), 3.04-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.12-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.64 (m, 1H).
    292
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00365
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 288 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 7.86-7.83 (d, J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.49 (d, J = 8.58 Hz, 1H), 5.76-5.73 (d, J = 9.90 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.17 (m, 1H), 4.07-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.62 (d, J = 11.19 Hz, 1H), 3.42-3.38 (d, J = 9.48 Hz, 1H), 3.17-3.00 (m, 2H).
    293
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00366
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 302 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.85-7.82 (d, J = 8.55, 1H), 7.51-7.49 (d, J = 8.58, 1H), 5.84-5.81 (d, J = 9.55, 1H), 4.25-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.67 (dd, J = 13.43 Hz, 2.48 Hz, 1H), 3.54-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H).
    294
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00367
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.22 (br s, 3H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 4.85-4.83 (d, J = 8.01 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.29 (s, 1H), 2.91-2.67 (m, 5H), 1.22-1.18 (t, J = 7.50 Hz, 3H).
    295
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00368
    HCl 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.22 (br s, 3H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 4.85-4.83 (d, J = 8.01 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.29 (s, 1H), 2.91-2.67 (m, 5H), 1.22-1.18 (t, J = 7.50 Hz, 3H).
    296
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00369
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 183 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 3.46-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.89-2.85 (t, J = 5.43 Hz, 2H), 2.12-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.85 (m, 2H).
    297
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00370
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 197 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 3.51-3.33 (m, 3H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.89-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.13-1.90 (m, 4H).
    298
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00371
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 196 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 6.88 (s, 1H), 3.47-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.09 (m, 2H), 3.06-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.93-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.38 (m, 1H), 8.24-2.22 (m, 3H), 1.39-1.36 (t, J = 7.29 Hz, 3H).
    299
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00372
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 202 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 6.89 (s, 1H), 3.45-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.09-2.94 (m, 3H), 2.74-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.28-2.17 (m, 1H).
    300
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00373
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 196 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 6.93 (s, 1H), 3.45-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.08-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.94-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.68 (m, 4H), 2.64-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.32 (m, 1H), 1.29-1.24 (t, J = 7.52 Hz, 3H).
    301
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00374
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 196 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.02-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.71-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H).
    302
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00375
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 236 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00004
     δ 6.89 (s, 1H), 3.78-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.21-3.00 (m, 4H), 2.94-2.72 (m, 3H), 2.50-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.22 (d, J = 0.96 Hz, 3H), 2.02-1.81 (m, 5H), 1.59 (s, 1H).
    303
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00376
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 310 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 7.98-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.72-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.50-7.45 (t, J = 7.47 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.37 (m, 1H), 5.29-5.26 (m, 1H), 4.47-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.06-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.63-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.63-3.38 (m, 2H)), 2.80 (s, 3H).
    304
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00377
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 296 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.97-7.94 (d, J = 8.34 Hz, 1H), 7.88-7.87 (d, J = 1.26 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.62 (dd, J = 8.37 Hz, 1.65 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.48 (t, J = 7.47 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.35 (m, 1H), 5.37-5.34 (d, J = 8.52 Hz, 1H), 4.81-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.64 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.01 (m, 2H).
    305
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00378
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 310 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00003
     δ 7.96-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.74-7.71 (d, J = 7.11 Hz, 2H), 7.65-7.62 (dd, J = 8.40 Hz, 1.68 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.48 (t, J = 7.47 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.37 (m, 1H), 5.43-5.40 (d, J = 6.24 Hz, 1H), 4.84-4.28 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.72 (dd, J = 13.07 Hz, J = 2.60 Hz, 1H), 3.53-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.03 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H).
    306
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00379
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 280 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.87-7.84 (d, J = 8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.58-7.57 (d, J = 1.80 Hz, 3H), 7.39-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.24 (m, 1H), 4.63-4.60 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.08-1.94 (m, 3H).
    307
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00380
    HCl LC-MS: m/z 294 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00005
     δ 7.99-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.74-7.69 (m, 3H), 7.51-7.46 (t, J = 7.49 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.38 (m, 1H), 4.67-4.65 (m, 1H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.29 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.61 (s, 2H).
    308
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00381
    2HCl LC-MS: m/z 212 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00001
     δ 3.49-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.28 (m, 2H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.62-2.61 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.74 (m, 4H).
    309
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00382
    formate LC-MS: m/z 198 (MH+); 1H NMR (CD3OD): 
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-P00002
     δ 7.33 (d, J = 1.2, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (brs, 1H), 7.04 (dd, J = 1.2, 0.3 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (t, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.00-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.25 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 2H), 2.96 (t, J = 1.6 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (s, 6H).
    310
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00383
    HCl GC-MS m/z 139 (M+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.02 (s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.40 (d, J = 5.19 Hz, 1H), 6.99-6.97 (d, J = 5.19 Hz, 1H), 5.03-5.00 (d, J = 8.13 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.48 (d, J = 12.43 Hz, 1H), 3.13-2.72 (m, 5H), 1.25-1.20 (t, J = 7.26 Hz, 3H).
    311
    Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00384
    HCl GC-MS:m/z 139 (M+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.02 (s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.40 (d, J = 5.19 Hz, 1H), 6.99-6.97 (d, J = 5.19 Hz, 1H), 5.03-5.00 (d, J = 8.13 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.48 (d, J = 12.43 Hz, 1H), 3.13-2.72 (m, 5H), 1.25-1.20 (t, J = 7.26 Hz, 3H).
    *FB is an abbreviation for “free base”.
  • It should be noted that if there is a discrepancy between a depicted structure and a chemical name given that structure, the depicted structure is to be accorded more weight. In addition, if the stereochemistry of a structure or a portion of a structure is not indicated with, for example, bold or dashed lines, the structure or portion of the structure is to be interpreted as encompassing all stereoisomers of it or mixtures thereof. Where the compound provided herein contains an alkenyl or alkenylene group, the compound may exist as one of or a mixture of geometric cis/trans (or Z/E) isomers. Where structural isomers are inter-convertible, the compound may exist as a single tautomer or a mixture of tautomers. This can take the form of proton tautomerism in the compound that contains, for example, an imino, keto, or oxime group; or so-called valence tautomerism in the compound that contains, for example, an aromatic moiety. It follows that a single compound may exhibit more than one type of isomerism.
  • The compounds provided herein may be enantiomerically pure or diastereomerically pure, such as a single enantiomer or a single diastereomer, or be stereoisomeric mixtures, such as a mixture of enantiomers and/or diastereomers, e.g., a racemic or enantioenriched mixture of two enantiomers; or a mixture of two or more diastereomers. In some instances, for compounds that undergo epimerization in vivo, one of skill in the art will recognize that administration of a compound in its (R) form is equivalent to administration of the compound in its (S) form, and vice versa. Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers or diastereomers include synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor, asymmetric synthesis from achiral starting materials, or resolution of a stereometric mixture, for example, by chiral chromatography, recrystallization, resolution, diastereomeric salt formation, or derivatization into diastereomeric adducts followed by separation.
  • When the compound provided herein contains an acidic or basic moiety, it may also be provided as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt (See, Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 1-19; and “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts, Properties, and Use,” Stahl and Wermuth, Ed.; Wiley-VCH and VHCA, Zurich, 2002).
  • Suitable acids for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, acylated amino acids, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, L-aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, boric acid, camphoric acid, (+)-camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, (+)-(1S)-camphor-10-sulfonic acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, cyclohexanesulfamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid, gluconic acid, D-gluconic acid, glucuronic acid, D-glucuronic acid, glutamic acid, L-glutamic acid, α-oxoglutaric acid, glycolic acid, hippuric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydroiodic acid, isoethonic acid; (+)-L-lactic acid, (±)-DL-lactic acid, lactobionic acid, lauric acid, maleic acid, malic acid, (−)-L-malic acid, malonic acid, (+)-DL-mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, nicotinic acid, nitric acid, oleic acid, orotic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid, perchloric acid, phosphoric acid, pyroglutamic acid, pyroglutamic acid, L-pyroglutamic acid, saccharic acid, salicylic acid, 4-amino-salicylic acid, sebacic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, sulfuric acid, tannic acid, tartaric acid, (+)-L-tartaric acid, thiocyanic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, undecylenic acid, and valeric acid.
  • Suitable bases for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, including, but not limited to, inorganic bases, such as magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, zinc hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, or ammonia; and organic bases, such as primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary, aliphatic and aromatic amines, including L-arginine, benethamine, benzathine, choline, deanol, diethanolamine, diethylamine, dimethylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, 2-(diethylamino)-ethanol, ethanolamine, ethylamine, ethylenediamine, isopropylamine, N-methyl-glucamine, hydrabamine, 1H-imidazole, L-lysine, morpholine, 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-morpholine, methylamine, piperidine, piperazine, propylamine, pyrrolidine, 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-pyrrolidine, pyridine, quinuclidine, quinoline, isoquinoline, secondary amines, triethanolamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-propanediol, and tromethamine.
  • Unless otherwise specified, the term “compound” referred to herein, such as, e.g., a compound of formula (I), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), (IVa), (IVb), (IVc), (V), or (VI) is intended to encompass one or more of the following: a free base of the compound or a salt thereof, a stereoisomer or a mixture of two or more stereoisomers, a solid form (e.g., a crystal form or an amorphous form) or a mixture of two or more solid forms thereof, or a solvate (e.g., a hydrate) thereof. In certain embodiments, the term “compound” referred to herein is intended to encompass a pharmaceutical acceptable form of the compound, including but not limited to, a free base, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a stereoisomer or a mixture of two or more stereoisomers, a solid form (e.g., a crystal form or an amorphous form) or a mixture of two or more solid forms, a solvate (e.g., a hydrate), or a cocrystal thereof.
  • The compounds used in the methods provided herein can be made by a variety of methods known to the art, including, but not limited to those, disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,710,245 and 9,351,954, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • The compounds used in the methods provided herein may also be provided as a prodrug, which is a functional derivative of the compound, for example, of Formula (I) and is readily convertible into the parent compound in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent compound. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent compound is not. The prodrug may also have enhanced solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent compound. A prodrug may be converted into the parent drug by various mechanisms, including enzymatic processes and metabolic hydrolysis. See Harper, Progress in Drug Research 1962, 4, 221-294; Morozowich et al. in “Design of Biopharmaceutical Properties through Prodrugs and Analogs,” Roche Ed., APHA Acad. Pharm. Sci. 1977; “Bioreversible Carriers in Drug in Drug Design, Theory and Application,” Roche Ed., APHA Acad. Pharm. Sci. 1987; “Design of Prodrugs,” Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985; Wang et al., Curr. Pharm. Design 1999, 5, 265-287; Pauletti et al., Adv. Drug. Delivery Rev. 1997, 27, 235-256; Mizen et al., Pharm. Biotech. 1998, 11, 345-365; Gaignault et al., Pract. Med. Chem. 1996, 671-696; Asgharnejad in “Transport Processes in Pharmaceutical Systems,” Amidon et al., Ed., Marcell Dekker, 185-218, 2000; Balant et al., Eur. J Drug Metab. Pharmacokinet. 1990, 15, 143-53; Balimane and Sinko, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1999, 39, 183-209; Browne, Clin. Neuropharmacol. 1997, 20, 1-12; Bundgaard, Arch. Pharm. Chem. 1979, 86, 1-39; Bundgaard, Controlled Drug Delivery 1987, 17, 179-96; Bundgaard, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1992, 8, 1-38; Fleisher et al., Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1996, 19, 115-130; Fleisher et al., Methods Enzymol. 1985, 112, 360-381; Farquhar et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 1983, 72, 324-325; Freeman et al., J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1991, 875-877; Friis and Bundgaard, Eur. J. Pharm. Sci. 1996, 4, 49-59; Gangwar et al., Des. Biopharm. Prop. Prodrugs Analogs, 1977, 409-421; Nathwani and Wood, Drugs 1993, 45, 866-94; Sinhababu and Thakker, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1996, 19, 241-273; Stella et al., Drugs 1985, 29, 455-73; Tan et al., Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1999, 39, 117-151; Taylor, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1996, 19, 131-148; Valentino and Borchardt, Drug Discovery Today 1997, 2, 148-155; Wiebe and Knaus, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1999, 39, 63-80; and Waller et al., Br. J. Clin. Pharmac. 1989, 28, 497-507.
  • In various embodiments, the compounds used in the methods provided herein are prepared as a mixture of two or more stereoisomers or diastereoisomers. In one embodiment, the stereoisomers or diastereoisomers are separated using techniques known to those skilled in the art, including but not limited to, chiral column chromatography and chiral resolution by forming a salt with a suitable chiral counterion.
  • In various embodiments, the compounds used in the methods provided herein are provided as pharmaceutical compositions. Pharmaceutical compositions can be used in the preparation of individual, single unit dosage forms. Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms provided herein comprise a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, clathrate, or prodrug thereof. Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms can further comprise one or more excipients.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms provided herein can also comprise one or more additional active ingredients. Examples of optional second, or additional, active ingredients are also disclosed herein.
  • Single unit dosage forms provided herein are suitable for oral, mucosal (e.g., nasal, sublingual, vaginal, buccal, or rectal), parenteral (e.g., subcutaneous, intravenous, bolus injection, intramuscular, or intra-arterial), topical (e.g., eye drops or other ophthalmic preparations), transdermal or transcutaneous administration to a patient. Examples of dosage forms include, but are not limited to: tablets; caplets; capsules, such as soft elastic gelatin capsules; cachets; troches; lozenges; dispersions; suppositories; powders; aerosols (e.g., nasal sprays or inhalers); gels; liquid dosage forms suitable for oral or mucosal administration to a patient, including suspensions (e.g., aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspensions, oil-in-water emulsions, or a water-in-oil liquid emulsions), solutions, and elixirs; liquid dosage forms suitable for parenteral administration to a patient; eye drops or other ophthalmic preparations suitable for topical administration; and sterile solids (e.g., crystalline or amorphous solids) that can be reconstituted to provide liquid dosage forms suitable for parenteral administration to a patient.
  • The composition, shape, and type of dosage forms will typically vary depending on their use. For example, a dosage form used in the acute treatment of a disease may contain larger amounts of one or more of the active ingredients it comprises than a dosage form used in the chronic treatment of the same disease. Similarly, a parenteral dosage form may contain smaller amounts of one or more of the active ingredients it comprises than an oral dosage form used to treat the same disease. These and other ways in which specific dosage forms are used will vary from one another and will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Mack Publishing, Easton Pa. (1990).
  • In one embodiment, pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprise one or more excipients. Suitable excipients are well known to those skilled in the art of pharmacy, and non-limiting examples of suitable excipients are provided herein. Whether a particular excipient is suitable for incorporation into a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form depends on a variety of factors well known in the art including, but not limited to, the way in which the dosage form will be administered to a patient. For example, oral dosage forms such as tablets may contain excipients not suited for use in parenteral dosage forms. The suitability of a particular excipient may also depend on the specific active ingredients in the dosage form. For example, the decomposition of some active ingredients may be accelerated by some excipients such as lactose, or when exposed to water. Active ingredients that comprise primary or secondary amines are particularly susceptible to such accelerated decomposition. Consequently, provided are pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms that contain little, if any, lactose other mono- or disaccharides. As used herein, the term “lactose-free” means that the amount of lactose present, if any, is insufficient to substantially increase the degradation rate of an active ingredient.
  • Lactose-free compositions can comprise excipients that are well known in the art and are listed, for example, in the U.S. Pharmacopeia (USP) 25-NF20 (2002). In general, lactose-free compositions comprise active ingredients, a binder/filler, and a lubricant in pharmaceutically compatible and pharmaceutically acceptable amounts. In one embodiment, lactose-free dosage forms comprise active ingredients, microcrystalline cellulose, pre-gelatinized starch, and/or magnesium stearate.
  • Also provided are anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising active ingredients, since water can facilitate the degradation of some compounds. For example, the addition of water (e.g., 5%) is widely accepted in the pharmaceutical arts as a means of simulating long-term storage in order to determine characteristics such as shelf-life or the stability of formulations over time. See, e.g., Jens T. Carstensen, Drug Stability: Principles & Practice, 2d. Ed., Marcel Dekker, NY, NY, 1995, pp. 379-80. In effect, water and heat accelerate the decomposition of some compounds. Thus, the effect of water on a formulation can be of great significance since moisture and/or humidity are commonly encountered during manufacture, handling, packaging, storage, shipment, and use of formulations.
  • Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions. Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms that comprise lactose and at least one active ingredient that comprises a primary or secondary amine are preferably anhydrous if substantial contact with moisture and/or humidity during manufacturing, packaging, and/or storage is expected.
  • An anhydrous pharmaceutical composition should be prepared and stored such that its anhydrous nature is maintained. Accordingly, anhydrous compositions are, in one embodiment, packaged using materials known to prevent exposure to water such that they can be included in suitable formulary kits. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foils, plastics, unit dose containers (e.g., vials), blister packs, and strip packs.
  • Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms that comprise one or more compounds that reduce the rate by which an active ingredient will decompose. Such compounds, which are referred to herein as “stabilizers,” include, but are not limited to, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, pH buffers, or salt buffers.
  • Like the amounts and types of excipients, the amounts and specific types of active ingredients in a dosage form may differ depending on factors such as, but not limited to, the route by which it is to be administered to patients. In one embodiment, dosage forms comprise a compound provided herein in an amount of from about 0.10 to about 500 mg. In other embodiments, dosage forms comprise a compound provided herein in an amount of about 0.1, 1, 2, 5, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15, 17.5, 20, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 mg.
  • In other embodiments, dosage forms comprise a second active ingredient in an amount of 1 to about 1000 mg, from about 5 to about 500 mg, from about 10 to about 350 mg, or from about 50 to about 200 mg. Of course, the specific amount of the second active agent will depend on the specific agent used, the diseases or disorders being treated or managed, and the amount(s) of a compound provided herein, and any optional additional active agents concurrently administered to the patient.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions that are suitable for oral administration can be provided as discrete dosage forms, such as, but not limited to, tablets (e.g., chewable tablets), caplets, capsules, and liquids (e.g., flavored syrups). Such dosage forms contain predetermined amounts of active ingredients, and may be prepared by methods of pharmacy well known to those skilled in the art. See generally, Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (2005).
  • Oral dosage forms provided herein are prepared by combining the active ingredients in an intimate admixture with at least one excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques. Excipients can take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration. For example, excipients suitable for use in oral liquid or aerosol dosage forms include, but are not limited to, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, and coloring agents. Examples of excipients suitable for use in solid oral dosage forms (e.g., powders, tablets, capsules, and caplets) include, but are not limited to, starches, sugars, micro-crystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents.
  • In one embodiment, oral dosage forms are tablets or capsules, in which case solid excipients are employed. In another embodiment, tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or non-aqueous techniques. Such dosage forms can be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy. In general, pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredients with liquid carriers, finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then shaping the product into the desired presentation if necessary.
  • For example, a tablet can be prepared by compression or molding. Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredients in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with an excipient. Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • Examples of excipients that can be used in oral dosage forms provided herein include, but are not limited to, binders, fillers, disintegrants, and lubricants. Binders suitable for use in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, corn starch, potato starch, or other starches, gelatin, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, powdered tragacanth, guar gum, cellulose and its derivatives (e.g., ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, pre-gelatinized starch, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, (e.g., Nos. 2208, 2906, 2910), microcrystalline cellulose, and mixtures thereof.
  • Suitable forms of microcrystalline cellulose include, but are not limited to, the materials sold as AVICEL-PH-101, AVICEL-PH-103 AVICEL RC-581, AVICEL-PH-105 (available from FMC Corporation, American Viscose Division, Avicel Sales, Marcus Hook, Pa.), and mixtures thereof. A specific example of a binder is a mixture of microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose sold as AVICEL RC-581. Suitable anhydrous or low moisture excipients or additives include AVICEL-PH-103™ and Starch 1500 LM.
  • Examples of fillers suitable for use in the pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms provided herein include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate (e.g., granules or powder), microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pre-gelatinized starch, and mixtures thereof. The binder or filler in pharmaceutical compositions is, in one embodiment, present in from about 50 to about 99 weight percent of the pharmaceutical composition or dosage form.
  • Disintegrants may be used in the compositions to provide tablets that disintegrate when exposed to an aqueous environment. Tablets that contain too much disintegrant may disintegrate in storage, while those that contain too little may not disintegrate at a desired rate or under the desired conditions. Thus, a sufficient amount of disintegrant that is neither too much nor too little to detrimentally alter the release of the active ingredients may be used to form solid oral dosage forms. The amount of disintegrant used varies based upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art. In one embodiment, pharmaceutical compositions comprise from about 0.5 to about 15 weight percent of disintegrant, or from about 1 to about 5 weight percent of disintegrant.
  • Disintegrants that can be used in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, agar-agar, alginic acid, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polacrilin potassium, sodium starch glycolate, potato or tapioca starch, other starches, pre-gelatinized starch, other starches, clays, other algins, other celluloses, gums, and mixtures thereof.
  • Lubricants that can be used in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, light mineral oil, glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol, polyethylene glycol, other glycols, stearic acid, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, hydrogenated vegetable oil (e.g., peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil), zinc stearate, ethyl oleate, ethyl laureate, agar, and mixtures thereof. Additional lubricants include, for example, a syloid silica gel (AEROSIL200, manufactured by W.R. Grace Co. of Baltimore, Md.), a coagulated aerosol of synthetic silica (marketed by Degussa Co. of Plano, Tex.), CAB-O-SIL (a pyrogenic silicon dioxide product sold by Cabot Co. of Boston, Mass.), and mixtures thereof. If used at all, lubricants may be used in an amount of less than about 1 weight percent of the pharmaceutical compositions or dosage forms into which they are incorporated.
  • In one embodiment, a solid oral dosage form comprises a compound provided herein, and optional excipients, such as anhydrous lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, stearic acid, colloidal anhydrous silica, and gelatin.
  • In various embodiments, the active ingredients of compositions used in the methods provided herein and compounds used in the methods provided herein can be administered by controlled release means or by delivery devices that are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Examples include, but are not limited to, those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,536,809; 3,598,123; and 4,008,719, 5,674,533, 5,059,595, 5,591,767, 5,120,548, 5,073,543, 5,639,476, 5,354,556, and 5,733,566, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Such dosage forms can be used to provide slow or controlled-release of one or more active ingredients using, for example, hydropropylmethyl cellulose, other polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems, multilayer coatings, microparticles, liposomes, microspheres, or a combination thereof to provide the desired release profile in varying proportions. Suitable controlled-release formulations known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including those described herein, can be readily selected for use with the active agents provided herein. In one embodiment, provided are single unit dosage forms suitable for oral administration such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules, gelcaps, and caplets that are adapted for controlled-release.
  • In one embodiment, controlled-release pharmaceutical products improve drug therapy over that achieved by their non-controlled counterparts. In another embodiment, the use of a controlled-release preparation in medical treatment is characterized by a minimum of drug substance being employed to cure or control the condition in a minimum amount of time. Advantages of controlled-release formulations include extended activity of the drug, reduced dosage frequency, and increased patient compliance. In addition, controlled-release formulations can be used to affect the time of onset of action or other characteristics, such as blood levels of the drug, and can thus affect the occurrence of side (e.g., adverse) effects.
  • In another embodiment, the controlled-release formulations are designed to initially release an amount of drug (active ingredient) that promptly produces the desired therapeutic or prophylactic effect, and gradually and continually release of other amounts of drug to maintain this level of therapeutic or prophylactic effect over an extended period of time. In one embodiment, in order to maintain a constant level of drug in the body, the drug can be released from the dosage form at a rate that will replace the amount of drug being metabolized and excreted from the body. Controlled-release of an active ingredient can be stimulated by various conditions including, but not limited to, pH, temperature, enzymes, water, or other physiological conditions or compounds.
  • Parenteral dosage forms can be administered to patients by various routes including, but not limited to, subcutaneous, intravenous (including bolus injection), intramuscular, and intra-arterial. In various embodiments, administration of a parenteral dosage form bypasses patients' natural defenses against contaminants, and thus, in these embodiments, parenteral dosage forms are sterile or capable of being sterilized prior to administration to a patient. Examples of parenteral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, solutions ready for injection, dry products ready to be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle for injection, suspensions ready for injection, and emulsions.
  • Suitable vehicles that can be used to provide parenteral dosage forms are well known to those skilled in the art. Examples include, but are not limited to: Water for Injection USP; aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Dextrose Injection, Dextrose and Sodium Chloride Injection, and Lactated Ringer's Injection; water-miscible vehicles such as, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol; and non-aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and benzyl benzoate.
  • Compounds that increase the solubility of one or more of the active ingredients disclosed herein can also be incorporated into the parenteral dosage forms. For example, cyclodextrin and its derivatives can be used to increase the solubility of a compound provided herein. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,134,127, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Topical and mucosal dosage forms provided herein include, but are not limited to, sprays, aerosols, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, eye drops or other ophthalmic preparations, or other forms known to one of skill in the art. See, e.g., Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (2005); and Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 4th ed., Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia (1985). Dosage forms suitable for treating mucosal tissues within the oral cavity can be formulated as mouthwashes or as oral gels.
  • Suitable excipients (e.g., carriers and diluents) and other materials that can be used to provide topical and mucosal dosage forms encompassed herein are well known to those skilled in the pharmaceutical arts, and depend on the particular tissue to which a given pharmaceutical composition or dosage form will be applied. In one embodiment, excipients include, but are not limited to, water, acetone, ethanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butane-1,3-diol, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, mineral oil, and mixtures thereof to form solutions, emulsions or gels, which are non-toxic and pharmaceutically acceptable. Moisturizers or humectants can also be added to pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms. Examples of additional ingredients are well known in the art. See, e.g., Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (2005).
  • The pH of a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form may also be adjusted to improve delivery of one or more active ingredients. Also, the polarity of a solvent carrier, its ionic strength, or tonicity can be adjusted to improve delivery. Compounds such as stearates can also be added to pharmaceutical compositions or dosage forms to alter the hydrophilicity or lipophilicity of one or more active ingredients so as to improve delivery. In other embodiments, stearates can serve as a lipid vehicle for the formulation, as an emulsifying agent or surfactant, or as a delivery-enhancing or penetration-enhancing agent. In other embodiments, salts, solvates, prodrugs, clathrates, or stereoisomers of the active ingredients can be used to further adjust the properties of the resulting composition.
  • In one embodiment, active ingredients provided herein are not administered to a patient at the same time or by the same route of administration. In another embodiment, provided are kits which can simplify the administration of appropriate amounts of active ingredients.
  • In one embodiment, a kit comprises a dosage form of a compound provided herein. Kits can further comprise one or more second active ingredients as described herein, or a pharmacologically active mutant or derivative thereof, or a combination thereof.
  • In other embodiments, kits can further comprise devices that are used to administer the active ingredients. Examples of such devices include, but are not limited to, syringes, drip bags, patches, and inhalers.
  • Kits can further comprise cells or blood for transplantation as well as pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles that can be used to administer one or more active ingredients. For example, if an active ingredient is provided in a solid form that must be reconstituted for parenteral administration, the kit can comprise a sealed container of a suitable vehicle in which the active ingredient can be dissolved to form a particulate-free sterile solution that is suitable for parenteral administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles include, but are not limited to: Water for Injection USP; aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Dextrose Injection, Dextrose and Sodium Chloride Injection, and Lactated Ringer's Injection; water-miscible vehicles such as, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol; and non-aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and benzyl benzoate.
  • VII. EXAMPLES
  • Various embodiments and aspects of the present inventions are further illustrated by the following non-limiting examples.
  • Example 1: Validation of Transformation Matrix
  • The robustness and general applicability of the discovery, was investigated by calculating transformed PANSS factor scores for all subjects in 12 additional clinical trials (the “Validation Study” data set) in the lurasidone database that were not included in the analysis sample (PANSS Analysis Study) used to derive the score matrix of FIG. 4 and Table 4A. Included among the 12 additional clinical trials were short-term acute schizophrenia studies, open-label studies, long-term extension studies, and randomized withdrawal studies. For each study in the Validation Data Set, the transformed PANSS factors were evaluated for their total variance (high r-squared values between sums of the transformed PANSS factors vs. PANSS total score), specificity/orthogonality (low correlation between the individual transformed PANSS factors), and high face validity (high correspondence with the Marder PANSS factors).
  • All study patients were adults with schizophrenia except for D1050301 which was adolescents (13-17 years) with schizophrenia. The PANSS Analysis Study data set alone was used to derive the score matrix (Table 4A) to transform PANSS items in the Validation Data Set into transformed PANSS factor scores.
  • Transformed PANSS factors were determined, using the same score matrix established from the PANSS Analysis Study data set operating upon the PANSS data od the Validation Set, to determine transformed PANSS factors data for the Validation Data Set, that is:

  • [PANSS Validation Data](N×30)*[UPSM Analysis Study](30×7)=[Transformed PANSS Factor Validation Data](N×7)
  • FIG. 5 summarizes the results, for the PANSS Analysis Study dataset (labeled “Analysis” in FIG. 5) and Validation Study dataset (labeled “Validation” in FIG. 5). For each study summarized in FIG. 5, endpoint change scores utilizing the transformed PANSS factors yielded substantially reduced between-factor correlations, regardless of the duration of study treatment (6 weeks to 1 year), or other differences in study design or stage of illness. In addition, a sum of 7 transformed PANSS factors for each patient at endpoint retained over 90% of the variance of untransformed PANSS total.
  • The transformed PANSS factors also corresponded well to the Marder PANSS factors (r, 0.65-0.94), thus indicating that both factors are measuring very similar schizophrenia symptom domains. Based on the analysis of change, the PANSS negative symptom factor was subdivided into two subfactors, apathy/avolition and deficit of expression (representing these symptom sub-domains), and the PANSS depression/anxiety factor was subdivided into two subfactors, depression and anxiety (representing these symptom sub-domains). The transformed PANSS negative symptom subfactors (apathy/avolition and deficit of expression), correspond to the two subclusters previously identified in a factor analysis by Liemburg et al. (see, J. Psychiatr Res, June 2013; 47(6):718-725). The empirically derived PANSS negative symptom subfactors are also consistent with previously reported differences in the clinical presentation of negative symptoms (see, Blanchard J J, Cohen A S., Schizophr Bull, April 2006; 32(2):238-245) and with reported differences in outcome for each negative symptom phenotype (see, Strauss G P, Horan W P, Kirkpatrick B, et al., J. Psychiatr Res, June 2013; 47(6):783-790). In addition, there is evidence to suggest that these respective negative symptom subfactors may be subserved by distinct neurocircuitry (see, Shaffer J J, Peterson M J, McMahon M A, et al., Mol Neuropsychiatry, December 2015; 1(4):191-200). The transformed PANSS depression/anxiety factor, which separates depression and anxiety as two subfactors, is consistent with the view that these subfactors are partially independent of each other.
  • The transformed PANSS factors of this Example, derived from the weighted score matrix transformation of PANSS items, were found to meet three important criteria: to have good face validity, to account for almost all of the total variance observed in PANSS total score change, and to exhibit minimal between-factor correlation (high specificity/orthogonality). These criteria were met using the 5 lurasidone clinical trials (PANSS Analysis Study data) used to derive the score matrix transformation. The criteria were also met among the 12 additional lurasidone clinical trials, indicating high cross-study stability and and general applicability. These criteria are discussed more specifically below.
  • Face validity. Each of the transformed PANSS factors was found to be strongly correlated with Marder PANSS factor scores, with Pearson's r-values at baseline ranging from 0.65-0.94, indicating that each factor is measuring similar efficacy domains.
  • Total variance. The transformed PANSS factors retained over 90% of the variance contained in the transformed PANSS total score, thus indicating that there was minimum (but quantifiable) loss of information related to total symptom severity using the transformed, transformed PANSS factors. Thus, the sum of transformed PANSS factor scores accurately captured the overall drug treatment effect sizes.
  • Specificity. A Pearson's correlation analysis of the transformed PANSS factor change scores at week 6 indicated reduced correlations when compared to the Marder PANSS factors, indicating that the transformed PANSS factors are measuring changes somewhat independent of any changes in correlated scores, reducing pseudospecificity concerns. Accordingly, in various embodiments, analyses using these transformed PANSS factors can be used to determine and/or ensure that improvements in one symptom domain are not largely accounted for by improvements in a cross-correlated domain.
  • Cross-study stability. In the independent validation sample of 12 clinical studies (Validation Study data), the transformed PANSS factor scores, generated using the score matrix, demonstrated similarly low correlations (r<0.25) between the transformed PANSS positive factor change score, and change scores for the other 6 transformed PANSS factors. Notably, the 12 clinical studies used in this Example spanned a diverse range of patient populations, from adolescents, ages 13 to 17 years, to adults, ages 18 to 55 years; and in widely varying geographical regions, including the US, and countries in Europe and Asia. In the analysis of the Validation Study data, the transformed PANSS factors also demonstrated orthogonality and specificity when the score matrix transformation was applied to schizophrenic patient populations, (i.e. patient sub-domains) regardless of whether the patients were acutely ill, chronic, or symptomatically stable. This result indicates that the score matrix formula performs well across studies and across clinical populations, and thus may be pre-specified in the analysis plans.
  • Example 2: Lurasidone Sub-Domains
  • The Validation Study data transformed PANSS factors of Example 1 were used to compare treatment effects of an antipsychotic (lurasidone) on established schizophrenia symptom domains with those estimated using Marder PANSS factors. The high degree of total variance explained, effect sizes for the sum of transformed PANSS factors and PANSS total were almost identical (between the transformed PANSS and untransformed PANSS factors), indicating that the estimates of drug effect on schizophrenia symptoms were unchanged between the methods.
  • FIG. 3A compares baseline to week 6 (within-treatment group) effect sizes for both lurasidone and placebo, as estimated using both the Marder PANSS factors (left panel), and the transformed PANSS factors (right panel). In the left panel, a consistent pattern of moderate-to-high pre-post, within-treatment group, effect sizes (0.5 to 1.1) were observed for lurasidone across all Marder PANSS factors. Pre-post effect sizes for placebo were in the low-to-moderate range across all Marder PANSS factors (effect sizes <0.5, except for the PANSS positive factor change score;
  • FIG. 3A). For both lurasidone and placebo, the transformed PANSS positive factor (right panel) had an endpoint effect size that was similar in magnitude to the Marder PANSS positive factor (left panel). For the other transformed PANSS factors (disorganized, negative-apathy/avolition and deficit of expression, hostility, and depression and anxiety), the endpoint effect sizes were smaller for both lurasidone and placebo.
  • FIG. 3B presents for the 5 pooled clinical trials (Analysis Study Data), drug vs. placebo effect sizes for baseline-to-endpoint change were calculated using both the Marder PANSS factors (FIG. 3B; left panel) and the transformed PANSS factors (FIG. 3B, right panel). In the left panel, a relatively consistent pattern of moderate effect sizes (ranging from 0.31 to 0.43) were observed for lurasidone across all Marder PANSS factors. In the right panel, the effect size calculated using the transformed PANSS positive factor was approximately similar to the effect size using the Marder PANSS positive factor (left panel). For the other transformed PANSS factors, the endpoint drug effect sizes were smaller when compared to the same Marder PANSS factors. Endpoint effect sizes calculated for the other transformed PANSS factors (right panel) ranged from 0.05 to 0.29. The endpoint effect size for the transformed PANSS hostility factor was larger than the effect sizes observed in the transformed PANSS disorganized, negative apathy/avolition, deficit of expression, and anxiety/depression factors.
  • Referring again to FIG. 3B, the effect sizes estimated for positive and hostility symptoms were quite similar between the untransformed PANSS method and the present transformed PANSS method. However, the effect sizes were somewhat lower on negative symptoms of apathy/avolition (r=0.22) and deficit of expression (r=0.04) compared with the effect size observed on Marder negative symptom factor (r=0.35). This appears to be a consequence of reducing the correlation between the PANSS positive and negative factors from r=0.57 to r≤0.10. Effect sizes for the other transformed PANSS factor change scores were also reduced compared with the Marder PANSS factor change scores on the positive (r=0.45 vs. 0.59), disorganized (r=0.23 vs. 0.48), hostility (r=0.31 vs. 0.43), and anxiety (r=0.24 vs. 0.38) and depression (r=0.16 vs. 0.38) factors. In traditional PANSS factor use, effect sizes that are similar across symptom domains may be partly attributable to pseudospecificity. In contrast, measuring efficacy using the transformed PANSS factors, in accord with various embodiments of the present inventions, allows for a clearer understanding of the profile of treatment effects across the symptom domains of schizophrenia.
  • In addition, it was discovered that increasing the orthogonality of PANSS factors (e.g., by the methods of this Example) revealed an effect of placebo on specific clinical domains of schizophrenia. In spite of the large placebo response, the transformed PANSS hostility factor associated with placebo treatment demonstrated a specific worsening in symptoms of hostility (pre-post effect size, −0.10) and revealed that the apparent improvements in the Marder PANSS factor for hostility was likely due to correlations with improvements in other PANSS items.
  • Example 3: Application to Compound 129
  • An embodiment of the methods of the present inventions was applied to PANSS data acquired for Compound 129:
  • Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00385
  • in a study (n=16) of schizophrenic subjects. The study was conducted to test the effects of daily doses of 75 mg Compound 129 for 28 days. PANSS total scores were assessed at baseline (“BL”) pre-dose, Day 1 post-dose and on Days 7, 21, and 28 (endpoint). Each of n=16 subjects were classified into distinct subject sub-population types according to the following classifications, subject sub-populations types, subjects with: (1) prominently positive symptoms (“Positive” group in Tables 5A and 5B; subject ID numbers 35, 48, 28, 44, 34, 30, 53 and 56); (2) prominently disorganized symptoms (“Disorganized” group in Tables 5A and 5B; subject ID number 50); (3) prominently affective symptoms (“Affective” group in Tables 5A and 5B; subject ID numbers 54, 51, 47, and 45); or (4) prominently negative symptoms (“Negative” group in Tables 5A and 5B; subject ID numbers 37, 29, and 49).
  • Subjects were classified using the UPSM (score matrix) of Table 4A on the PANSS factors assessed at baseline (“BL”) to produce transformed PANSS factors from which subject classification was made. The classifications were determined using the PANSS Analysis Study data for lurasidone, described elsewhere herein, where each of the subjects' (N=1710) PANSS factor scores at baseline were transformed with the UPSM (score matrix) of Table 4A (see, also FIG. 4). Clustering of the subjects (N=1,710) by k-means was used to identify distinct clusters, each characterized by distinctly prominent baseline transformed PANSS factor scores. A SVM (Support Vector Machine) classifier was trained on these cluster assignments at baseline, and subsequently used to identify subject sub-population types post-baseline and in external data sets. These sub-population types (identified using the PANSS Analysis Study data for lurasidone) where used to classify subject sub-population types for the subjects (N=16) of this study on Compound 129, where the UPSM (score matrix) of Table 4A was used to transform the baseline PANSS factor scores of the subjects in this Example 3 to classify the subjects by sub-population type.
  • Table 5A shows each subjects total PANSS score (based on untransformed PANSS scores) at baseline (pre-dose) and days 1, 7, 14, 21 and 28 (end-point) post-dose. Table 5B shows change from the % baseline of the untransformed PANSS scores at days 1, 7, 14, 21 and 28 (end-point). It is to be understood that a 20% improvement or decrease from baseline 100% scores is generally considered a clinically significant change in acute schizophrenia trials. It was discovered that Compound 129 provided a clinically significant improvement in overall schizophrenia symptoms (untransformed PANSS total) for the subject sub-population with prominent negative symptoms. These results indicate that Compound 129 was a particularly effective treatment in the patient sub-population type characterized by prominent negative symptoms.
  • The UPSM transformation of the PANSS factor data shows the specificity of treatment effects within the domains of schizophrenia. A drug with treatment effects on a given symptom domain of schizophrenia (e.g., negative symptoms) would be expected to demonstrate overall improvements (PANSS total) in a patient type characterized by more-prominent symptoms in that specific domain (e.g., negative symptoms). Baseline UPSM factor scores can be used to demonstrate specific schizophrenia patient types having prominence of specific symptoms among the 5 dimensions of schizophrenia.
  • It is to be understood that the score matrix used in this Example was the one determined, as discussed herein, from lurasidone studies (PANSS Analysis Study data) as was the SVM classifier which was trained on PANSS Analysis Study data transformed with the UPSM (score matrix) of Table 4A (see also FIG. 4). That is, the UPSM of Table 4A was shown in this Example to have general applicability to the assessment of the efficacy of schizophrenia treatments on other subject (e.g. patient) groups with other drugs, even though the UPSM of Table 4A (and FIG. 4) was determined using only data from lurasidone studies.
  • TABLE 5A
    Subject
    Sub- Untransformed PANSS Total
    Population Subject Day Day Day Day Day
    Type ID BL 1 7 14 21 28
    Positive 35 74 71 70 69 69 68
    48 75 74 76
    28 66 66 61 57 63 57
    44 70 70 67 66 66 63
    34 75 75 79 73
    30 70 69 73 73 67 67
    53 73 75 79 78 81 75
    56 80 76 74 77 58 57
    Disorganized 50 82 79 86 83 84 89
    Affective 54 72 62 64 58 62 56
    51 70 72 68 64 69 66
    47 70 74 65 67 69 71
    45 67 66 72 58 69 66
    Negative 37 76 77 65 59 58 57
    29 80 78 85 73 75 68
    49 72 72 75 69 58 57
  • TABLE 5B
    Subject
    Sub- % of Baseline PANSS Total
    Population Subject Day Day Day Day Day
    Type ID BL 1 7 14 21 28
    Positive 35 100%  96%  95% 93% 93% 92%
    48 100%  99% 101%
    28 100% 100%  92% 86% 95% 86%
    44 100% 100%  96% 94% 94% 90%
    34 100% 100% 105% 97%
    30 100%  99% 104% 104%  96% 96%
    53 100% 103% 108% 107%  111%  103% 
    56 100%  95%  93% 96% 73% 71%
    Disorganized 50 100%  96% 105% 101%  102%  109% 
    Affective 54 100%  86%  89% 81% 86% 78%
    51 100% 103%  97% 91% 99% 94%
    47 100% 106%  93% 96% 99% 101% 
    45 100%  99% 107% 87% 103%  99%
    Negative 37 100% 101%  86% 78% 76% 75%
    29 100%  98% 106% 91% 94% 85%
    49 100% 100% 104% 96% 81% 79%
  • Example 4: Animal Models
  • Anti-psychotic like activity of the compounds was evaluated in mice using the PCP hyperactivity and Pre-Pulse Inhibition (PPI) models of schizophrenia. Tables 6A and 6B summarize the results.
  • Methods: Animals: Male C57Bl/6J mice from Jackson Laboratories (Bar Harbor, Me.) were used. Upon receipt, mice were assigned unique identification numbers (tail marked) and were group housed with 4 mice per cage in OptiMICE ventilated cages. All animals remained housed in groups of four during the remainder of the study. All mice were acclimated to the colony room for at least two weeks prior to testing. During the period of acclimation, mice were examined on a regular basis, handled, and weighed to assure adequate health and suitability. Animals were maintained on a 12/12 light/dark cycle. The room temperature was maintained between 20 and 23° C. with a relative humidity maintained between 30% and 70%. Chow and water were provided ad libitum for the duration of the study. In each test, animals were randomly assigned across treatment groups.
  • PCP Hyperactivity: Open field (OF) chambers were Plexiglas square chambers (27.3×27.3×20.3 cm; Med Associates Inc., St Albans, Vt.) surrounded by infrared photobeams (16×16×16) to measure horizontal and vertical activity. The analysis was configured to divide the open field into a center and periphery zone. Distance traveled was measured from horizontal beam breaks as the mouse moved whereas rearing activity was measured from vertical beam breaks.
  • Mice were injected with vehicle, test compound, or clozapine (1 mg/kg; i.p) and placed in the OF chambers for 30 min measurement of baseline activity. Mice were then injected with either water or PCP (5 mg/kg; i.p) and placed back in the OF chambers for a 60-minute session. At the end of each OF test session the OF chambers were thoroughly cleaned.
  • Prepulse Inhibition of Startle: The acoustic startle is an unconditioned reflex response to an external auditory stimulus. Prepulse inhibition of startle (PPI) refers to the reduction in the startle response caused by the presentation of a low-intensity auditory stimulus prior to the startle stimulus. The PPI paradigm is used for the study of schizophrenia and antipsychotic action due to the similarities between the results from human and rodent studies. PPI has been used as a tool for the assessment of deficiencies in sensory-motor gating observed in schizophrenia and to screen for potential antipsychotic drugs. Various psychotomimetic drugs such as PCP can disrupt PPI. In mice, antipsychotic drugs such as clozapine can reverse the disruption of PPI induced by PCP.
  • Mice were placed in the PPI chambers (Med Associates) for a 5 min session of white noise (70 dB) habituation. After the habituation period the test session was initiated. The session started with a habituation block of 6 presentations of the startle stimulus alone, followed by 10 PPI blocks, each of which consisted of 6 different types of trials. Trial types were: ‘null’ (no stimuli), ‘startle’ (120 dB), ‘startle plus prepulse’ (4, 8 and 12 dB over background noise, i.e., 74, 78 or 82 dB) and ‘prepulse’ (82 dB). Trial types were presented in a random order within each block. Each trial started with a 50 ms stimulus-free period during which baseline movements were recorded. This was followed by a subsequent 20 ms period during which the prepulse stimulus was presented and responses to the prepulse measured. After a further 100 ms period, the startle stimulus was presented for 40 ms and responses recorded for 100 ms from startle onset. Responses were sampled every ms. The inter-trial interval was variable with an average of 15 s (range from 10 to 20 s). In ‘startle’ trials the basic auditory startle response was measured. The basic startle response was calculated as the mean startle response of all ‘startle’ trials (i.e., excluding the first habituation block). In ‘startle plus prepulse’ trials the degree of inhibition of the normal startle was calculated and expressed as a percentage of the basic startle response.
  • Mice were treated with vehicle, haloperidol (1 mg/kg; i.p) or test compound 30 min prior to PPI test. The PPI enclosures were cleaned following each test.
  • TABLE 6A
    Effects of Compounds on Pre-pulse Inhibition (PPI) in Mice
    Compound/Doses Effect
    Compound 5
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg +++
    100 mg/kg +++
    Compound 58
    10 mg/kg +++
    30 mg/kg +
    100 mg/kg +++
    Compound 57
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    100 mg/kg ++
    Compound 4
    10 mg/kg +++
    30 mg/kg
    100 mg/kg +++
    Compound 27
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    100 mg/kg
    Compound 28
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg +++
    100 mg/kg +++
    Compound 1
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg +++
    100 mg/kg +++
    Compound 2
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    100 mg/kg +++
    Compound 3
    10 mg/kg +++
    30 mg/kg +++
    100 mg/kg
    Compound 10
    10 mg/kg +++
    30 mg/kg +++
    100 mg/kg +++
    Compound 75
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    100 mg/kg
    Compound 76
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    100 mg/kg
    Compound 13
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    100 mg/kg +++
    Compound 140
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    100 mg/kg
    Compound 78
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    100 mg/kg
    Compound 158
    3 mg/kg
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    100 mg/kg +++
    Compound 130
    3 mg/kg
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    Compound 131
    3 mg/kg
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    Compound 171
    3 mg/kg
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    100 mg/kg +++
    Compound 172
    3 mg/kg
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    100 mg/kg
    Compound 129
    3 mg/kg +++
    10 mg/kg +++
    30 mg/kg +++
    Compound 310
    3 mg/kg
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg +++
    Compound 205
    3 mg/kg
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg +++
    Compound 311
    3 mg/kg
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg +++
    Compound 213
    3 mg/kg
    10 mg/kg +++
    30 mg/kg +++
    Compound 170
    3 mg/kg
    10 mg/kg +++
    30 mg/kg +++
    Compound 242
    3 mg/kg
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    Compound 127
    3 mg/kg +++
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg +++
    Compound 102
    3 mg/kg
    10 mg/kg
    30 mg/kg
    *P < 0.05 vs. vehicle
    −: No change in PPI
    +: Significant increase in PPI at one pre-pulse intensity (P value < 0.05)
    ++: Significant increase in PPI at two pre-pulse intensities (P value < 0.05)
    +++: Significant increase in PPI at three pre-pulse intensities (P value < 0.05)
  • TABLE 6B
    Effects of Compounds on PCP-Induced
    Hyperactivity Responses in Mice
    Compound/Doses Total Distance Traveled (cm)
    Compound 4
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 27
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP 
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 28
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 2
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP 
    Compound 3
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP 
    Compound 1
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP 
    Compound 5
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 57
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 58
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 10
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 75
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 76
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 140
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 78
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 129
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 130
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP 
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 119
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 158
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    100 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
    Compound 131
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP 
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    Compound 171
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP 
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    Compound 172
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP 
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    Compound 127
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP 
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    Compound 310
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    Compound 311
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP 
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    Compound 205
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    Compound 213
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP  +
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    Compound 170
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP 
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP
    Compound 242
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP 
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    Compound 102
    0.3 mg/kg Compound + PCP 
     1 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
     3 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    10 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    30 mg/kg Compound + PCP +
    *P < 0.05 vs. vehicle + PCP
    −: No inhibition of PCP hyperactivity
    +: Significant inhibition of PCP hyperactivity (P value < 0.05)
  • The embodiments described above are intended to be merely exemplary, and those skilled in the art will recognize, or will be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, numerous equivalents of specific compounds, materials, and procedures. All such equivalents are considered to be within the scope of the disclosure and are encompassed by the appended claims.
  • All of the patents, patent applications and publications referred to herein are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. Citation or identification of any reference in this application is not an admission that such reference is available as prior art to this application. The full scope of the disclosure is better understood with reference to the appended claims.

Claims (13)

1.-81. (canceled)
82. A method for treating a neurological disorder comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound
Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00386
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for four weeks to a subject in need thereof, wherein the subject experiences a decrease in negative symptoms, cognitive symptoms, or both, associated with the neurological disorder after four weeks of administration.
83. The method of claim 82 wherein the neurological disorder is schizophrenia, schizophrenia spectrum disorder, acute schizophrenia, chronic schizophrenia, NOS schizophrenia, schizoid personality disorder, schizotypal personality disorder, delusional disorder, psychosis, psychotic disorder, brief psychotic disorder, shared psychotic disorder, psychotic disorder due to a general medical condition, drug-induced psychosis, psychoaffective disorder, aggression, delirium, Parkinson's psychosis, excitative psychosis, Tourette's syndrome, organic psychosis, NOS psychosis, seizure, agitation, post-traumatic stress disorder, behavior disorder, neurodegenerative disease, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, dyskinesias, Huntington's disease, dementia, mood disorder, anxiety, affective disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, vertigo, epilepsy, pain, fibromyalgia, migraine, cognitive impairment, movement disorder, restless leg syndrome, multiple sclerosis, sleep disorder sleep apnea, narcolepsy, excessive daytime sleepiness, jet lag, drowsy side effect of medications, insomnia, substance abuse or dependency, addiction, eating disorder, sexual dysfunction, hypertension, emesis, Lesch-Nyhan disease, Wilson's disease, autism, Huntington's chorea, or premenstrual dysphoria.
84. The method of claim 83 wherein the affective disorder is depression, major depressive disorder, dysthymia, bipolar disorder, bipolar depressive disorder, manic disorder, seasonal affective disorder, attention deficit disorder or attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
85. The method of claim 83 wherein the pain is neuropathic pain, sensitization accompanying neuropathic pain, or inflammatory pain.
86. The method of any one of claims 82-85 wherein the compound is administered once daily.
87. The method of any one of claims 82-85 wherein the compound is orally administered once daily.
88. The method of any one of claims 82-85 wherein the therapeutically effective amount is from about 10 mg to about 300 mg per day.
89. The method of any one of claims 82-85 wherein the therapeutically effective amount is from about 20 mg to about 250 mg per day.
90. The method of any one of claims 82-85 wherein the therapeutically effective amount is from about 10 mg to about 100 mg per day.
91. The method of any one of claims 82-85 wherein the compound is a hydrochloride salt of
Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00387
92. The method of any one of claims 82-85 further comprising administering a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound
Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00388
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, an one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier.
93. The method of any one of claims 82-85 further comprising administering a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound
Figure US20220062229A1-20220303-C00389
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier, and a second active agent.
US17/223,229 2017-02-16 2021-04-06 Methods of treating schizophrenia Abandoned US20220062229A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/223,229 US20220062229A1 (en) 2017-02-16 2021-04-06 Methods of treating schizophrenia

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201762459784P 2017-02-16 2017-02-16
PCT/US2018/000078 WO2018151861A1 (en) 2017-02-16 2018-02-16 Methods of treating schizophrenia
US201916486257A 2019-08-15 2019-08-15
US17/223,229 US20220062229A1 (en) 2017-02-16 2021-04-06 Methods of treating schizophrenia

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2018/000078 Continuation WO2018151861A1 (en) 2017-02-16 2018-02-16 Methods of treating schizophrenia
US16/486,257 Continuation US11129807B2 (en) 2017-02-16 2018-02-16 Methods of treating schizophrenia

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20220062229A1 true US20220062229A1 (en) 2022-03-03

Family

ID=61692045

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/486,257 Active US11129807B2 (en) 2017-02-16 2018-02-16 Methods of treating schizophrenia
US17/223,229 Abandoned US20220062229A1 (en) 2017-02-16 2021-04-06 Methods of treating schizophrenia

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/486,257 Active US11129807B2 (en) 2017-02-16 2018-02-16 Methods of treating schizophrenia

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (2) US11129807B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3582815A1 (en)
JP (2) JP7146782B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102605854B1 (en)
CN (2) CN116808023A (en)
AU (2) AU2018220509B2 (en)
CA (1) CA3053903A1 (en)
IL (2) IL268694B2 (en)
MX (2) MX2019009763A (en)
WO (1) WO2018151861A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11738002B2 (en) 2020-04-14 2023-08-29 Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc. Methods of treating neurological and psychiatric disorders

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
SG10201401661RA (en) 2009-12-04 2014-07-30 Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc Multicycle compounds and pharmaceutical compositions useful for the treatment of neurological disorders
CA3032141A1 (en) 2016-07-29 2018-02-01 Vadim ALEXANDROV Compounds and compositions and uses thereof
CA3053903A1 (en) 2017-02-16 2018-08-23 Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc. Methods of treating schizophrenia
BR112020001433A2 (en) 2017-08-02 2020-07-28 Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc. isochroman compounds and their uses
US20210008030A1 (en) * 2018-02-16 2021-01-14 Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc. Methods of treating social function disorders
SG11202007823PA (en) 2018-02-16 2020-09-29 Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc Salts, crystal forms, and production methods thereof
JP2022511509A (en) * 2018-12-06 2022-01-31 サノビオン ファーマシューティカルズ インク How to treat neuropathy and neuropathy
CN115677718A (en) * 2021-07-30 2023-02-03 武汉思瓴生物科技有限公司 Methylmethylamine derivative preparation, pharmaceutical composition and application thereof
AU2022348905A1 (en) 2021-09-23 2024-04-11 Sumitomo Pharma America, Inc. Methods of treating metabolic disorders
CN115677719A (en) * 2022-10-27 2023-02-03 复旦大学 Aryl heterocyclic compound and preparation method and application thereof

Family Cites Families (135)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3536809A (en) 1969-02-17 1970-10-27 Alza Corp Medication method
US3598123A (en) 1969-04-01 1971-08-10 Alza Corp Bandage for administering drugs
US4021451A (en) 1972-05-16 1977-05-03 American Home Products Corporation Process for preparing polycyclic heterocycles having a pyran ring
US4036842A (en) 1972-05-16 1977-07-19 American Home Products Corporation Process for preparing polycyclic heterocycles having a pyran ring
US3845770A (en) 1972-06-05 1974-11-05 Alza Corp Osmatic dispensing device for releasing beneficial agent
US3916899A (en) 1973-04-25 1975-11-04 Alza Corp Osmotic dispensing device with maximum and minimum sizes for the passageway
US4021452A (en) 1975-04-23 1977-05-03 American Cyanamid Company 2,5-Dihydro-2,5-dialkoxyfuran derivatives
US4008719A (en) 1976-02-02 1977-02-22 Alza Corporation Osmotic system having laminar arrangement for programming delivery of active agent
US4127665A (en) 1978-01-18 1978-11-28 Pfizer Inc. Thienohydantoin derivatives
FR2459239A1 (en) 1979-06-20 1981-01-09 Logeais Labor Jacques NOVEL AMINO DERIVATIVES OF BENZOTHIAZOLE, PROCESS FOR PREPARING THEM AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION
IE58110B1 (en) 1984-10-30 1993-07-14 Elan Corp Plc Controlled release powder and process for its preparation
PH30676A (en) 1986-07-22 1997-09-16 Boehringer Ingelhein Kg Hetrazepine compounds which have useful pharmaceutical utility
ES2075849T3 (en) 1988-03-16 1995-10-16 Smithkline Beecham Farma HETERO CYCLIC DERIVATIVES.
US5073543A (en) 1988-07-21 1991-12-17 G. D. Searle & Co. Controlled release formulations of trophic factors in ganglioside-lipsome vehicle
DE3827727A1 (en) 1988-08-16 1990-02-22 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg ANALYZED TETRAHYDROPYRIDINE IGNESE DERIVATIVES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION AND USE OF SUCH CONNECTIONS FOR CARDIRO PROTECTION
GB8824400D0 (en) 1988-10-18 1988-11-23 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
EP0368175A1 (en) 1988-11-06 1990-05-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg 3S,7S-3-(Morpholinocarbonyl)-5-(2-chlorphenyl)-7,10-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H,7H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[3,2-f][1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a][1,4]diazepine.
GB8827479D0 (en) 1988-11-24 1988-12-29 Zambeletti Spa L Novel compounds
IT1229203B (en) 1989-03-22 1991-07-25 Bioresearch Spa USE OF 5 METHYLTHETRAHYDROPHOLIC ACID, 5 FORMYLTHETRAHYDROPHOLIC ACID AND THEIR PHARMACEUTICALLY ACCEPTABLE SALTS FOR THE PREPARATION OF PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS IN THE FORM OF CONTROLLED RELEASE ACTIVE IN THE THERAPY OF MENTAL AND ORGANIC DISORDERS.
EP0416740A3 (en) 1989-08-08 1991-08-28 Beecham Group P.L.C. Novel compounds with renin-inhibiting activity
JPH0735373B2 (en) 1989-08-11 1995-04-19 三共株式会社 Carboxamide compound
US5120548A (en) 1989-11-07 1992-06-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Swelling modulated polymeric drug delivery device
GB8926560D0 (en) 1989-11-24 1990-01-17 Zambeletti Spa L Pharmaceuticals
US5032598A (en) 1989-12-08 1991-07-16 Merck & Co., Inc. Nitrogens containing heterocyclic compounds as class III antiarrhythmic agents
GB8927872D0 (en) 1989-12-08 1990-02-14 Beecham Group Plc Pharmaceuticals
JPH03223277A (en) 1989-12-29 1991-10-02 Yoshitomi Pharmaceut Ind Ltd Benzothiophene derivative
KR0166088B1 (en) 1990-01-23 1999-01-15 . Derivatives of cyclodextrins exhibiting enhanced aqueous solubility and the use thereof
ZA912744B (en) 1990-03-23 1992-02-26 Zambeletti Spa L Pharmaceuticals
JPH049367A (en) 1990-04-26 1992-01-14 Zeria Pharmaceut Co Ltd Arylalkanoyl derivative, production intermediate for the compound and drug containing the same
US5733566A (en) 1990-05-15 1998-03-31 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics Inc. Ii Controlled release of antiparasitic agents in animals
GB9018139D0 (en) 1990-08-17 1990-10-03 Pfizer Ltd Therapeutic agents
NZ240155A (en) 1990-10-29 1992-10-28 Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha Heterocyclyl acyl and (hexahydro) indanyl acyl substituted hydrazine derivatives, preparation thereof and pesticidal compositions
DE4104257A1 (en) 1991-02-13 1992-08-20 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg USE OF ANALYZED TETRAHYDROPYRIDINE IGNESE DERIVATIVES FOR THE TREATMENT OF NEUROLOGICAL ILLNESSES
GB9104839D0 (en) 1991-03-07 1991-04-17 Zambeletti Spa L Novel compounds
NZ243065A (en) 1991-06-13 1995-07-26 Lundbeck & Co As H Piperidine derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions
US5580578A (en) 1992-01-27 1996-12-03 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Controlled release formulations coated with aqueous dispersions of acrylic polymers
PH31294A (en) 1992-02-13 1998-07-06 Thomae Gmbh Dr K Benzimidazolyl derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds and process for preparing them.
JP3223277B2 (en) 1992-04-10 2001-10-29 カシオ計算機株式会社 Music control device
FR2692264B1 (en) 1992-06-12 1994-08-05 Adir NOVEL 1,4-DISUBSTITUTED PIPERAZINES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM.
IT1255178B (en) 1992-06-26 1995-10-20 Pierrel Spa N (ETER0) -ARIL-N (ETERO) -TETRALINALCHIL PIPERAZINE HAVING SEROTONINERGIC, DOPAMINERGIC AND ADRENERGIC ACTIVITIES
ATE169179T1 (en) 1992-12-02 1998-08-15 Ciba Geigy Ag SELECTIVE HERBICIDES
US5591767A (en) 1993-01-25 1997-01-07 Pharmetrix Corporation Liquid reservoir transdermal patch for the administration of ketorolac
TW334423B (en) 1993-10-22 1998-06-21 Hoffmann La Roche Tricyclic 1-aminoethylpyrrole-derivatives
JP3163068B2 (en) 1993-12-27 2001-05-08 日本建工株式会社 Field edge mounting bracket
IT1270594B (en) 1994-07-07 1997-05-07 Recordati Chem Pharm CONTROLLED RELEASE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION OF LIQUID SUSPENSION MOGUISTEIN
FR2723091B1 (en) 1994-07-29 1996-11-08 Esteve Labor Dr TETRAHYDROPYRIDINE- (6,4-HYDROXYPIPERIDINE) ALKYLAZOLES
FR2734819B1 (en) 1995-05-31 1997-07-04 Adir NOVEL COMPOUNDS OF PIPERAZINE, PIPERIDINE AND 1,2,5,6-TETRAHYDROPYRIDINE, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
BR9908726A (en) 1998-03-12 2000-11-21 Novo Nordisk As Compound, pharmaceutical composition, use of a compound, and, processes for the treatment of type I diabetes and immune disorders, for the manufacture of a drug, and for the preparation of a compound
HUP0102612A2 (en) 1998-03-12 2001-11-28 Novo Nordisk A/S Modulators of protein tyrosine phosphatases
US6262044B1 (en) 1998-03-12 2001-07-17 Novo Nordisk A/S Modulators of protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPASES)
WO1999046267A1 (en) 1998-03-12 1999-09-16 Novo Nordisk A/S Modulators of protein tyrosine phosphatases (ptpases)
EP1123292A1 (en) 1998-10-21 2001-08-16 Novo Nordisk A/S New compounds, their preparation and use
TR200101649T2 (en) 1998-12-14 2001-10-22 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Piperazine derivatives.
AU776276B2 (en) 1999-01-19 2004-09-02 Neurosearch A/S Fused heterocyclic compounds and their use in the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
US6313309B1 (en) 1999-04-05 2001-11-06 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. 4-thionaphthyl—1H—imidazoles which are usefulα22-adrenoceptoR agonists/ antagonists
AU4589800A (en) 1999-05-05 2000-11-21 Darwin Discovery Limited 9-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)-1,9-dihydropurin-6-one derivatives as pde7inhibitors
WO2001017516A2 (en) 1999-09-10 2001-03-15 Novo Nordisk A/S Method of inhibiting protein tyrosine phosphatase 1b and/or t-cell protein tyrosine phosphatase and/or other ptpases with an asp residue at position 48
AU6985300A (en) 1999-09-10 2001-04-17 Novo Nordisk A/S Modulators of protein tyrosine phosphatases (ptpases)
AU7961200A (en) 1999-10-29 2001-05-14 Kaken Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Urea derivative, process for producing the same, and medicine containing the urea derivative
AR030537A1 (en) 1999-11-05 2003-08-27 Abbott Lab ANTIBACTERIAL CHINOLINCARBOXILIC AND NAFTIRIDINCARBOXILIC ACIDS
AU2001277731A1 (en) 2000-08-09 2002-02-18 Welfide Corporation Fused bicyclic amide compounds and medicinal use thereof
AU2001286191A1 (en) 2000-09-12 2002-03-26 Sankyo Company, Limited Quinolizine derivatives
WO2002102387A1 (en) 2001-06-18 2002-12-27 H. Lundbeck A/S Treatment of neuropathic pain
WO2003006455A1 (en) 2001-07-11 2003-01-23 Eli Lilly And Company Pharmaceutical compounds with serotonin receptor activity
US20040180883A1 (en) 2001-07-11 2004-09-16 Jeremy Gilmore Pharmaceutical compounds with serotonin receptor activity
BR0213562A (en) 2001-10-26 2004-08-31 Aventis Pharma Inc Benzimidazoles and analogs and their use as protein kinase inhibitors
JP2003261566A (en) 2002-03-11 2003-09-19 Sankyo Co Ltd Medicament containing quinolizine
TW200306783A (en) 2002-04-29 2003-12-01 Fmc Corp Pesticidal heterocycles
US7323485B2 (en) 2002-05-21 2008-01-29 Allergan, Inc. 4-(substituted cycloalkylmethyl) imidazole-2-thiones, 4-(substituted cycloalkenylmethyl) imidazole-2-thiones, 4-(substituted cycloalkylmethyl) imidazol-2-ones and 4-(substituted cycloalkenylmethyl) imidazol-2-ones and related compounds
US7091232B2 (en) 2002-05-21 2006-08-15 Allergan, Inc. 4-(substituted cycloalkylmethyl) imidazole-2-thiones, 4-(substituted cycloalkenylmethyl) imidazole-2-thiones, 4-(substituted cycloalkylmethyl) imidazol-2-ones and 4-(substituted cycloalkenylmethyl) imidazol-2-ones and related compounds
US7358269B2 (en) 2002-05-21 2008-04-15 Allergan, Inc. 2-((2-Thioxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl)-3,4-dihydronapthalen-1(2H)-one
US7276522B2 (en) 2002-05-21 2007-10-02 Allergan, Inc. 4-(substituted cycloalkylmethyl) imidazole-2-thiones, 4-(substituted cycloalkenylmethyl) imidazole-2-thiones, 4-(substituted cycloalkylmethyl) imidazol-2-ones, 4-(substituted cycloalkenylmethyl) imidazol-2-ones and related compounds
SE0202134D0 (en) 2002-07-08 2002-07-08 Astrazeneca Ab Therapeutic agents
US7778779B2 (en) 2002-10-16 2010-08-17 Isis Innovation Limited Method of identifying a chemical entity which is a hydroxylase modulator
US20060241130A1 (en) 2003-01-31 2006-10-26 Ehud Keinan Anti-inflammatory compositions and uses thereof
TWI369353B (en) 2003-03-07 2012-08-01 Santen Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Novel compound having 4-pyridylalkylthio group as substituent
JP2004269449A (en) 2003-03-11 2004-09-30 Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha Ltd Benzamide derivative, method for producing the same, and pest-controlling agent containing the same
WO2004080476A1 (en) * 2003-03-12 2004-09-23 University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Use of secretin in the treatment of schizophrenia
US7205318B2 (en) 2003-03-18 2007-04-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Lactam-containing cyclic diamines and derivatives as a factor Xa inhibitors
US20070010671A1 (en) 2003-03-31 2007-01-11 Yoshinori Sekiguchi Novel quinazoline derivatives and methods of treatment related to the use thereof
JP2005145859A (en) 2003-11-13 2005-06-09 Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd Dehydrogenation method and method for producing aromatic heterocyclic compound
DE10360793A1 (en) 2003-12-23 2005-07-28 Grünenthal GmbH Spirocyclic cyclohexane derivatives
EP1715855A4 (en) 2004-01-29 2010-06-16 Elixir Pharmaceuticals Inc Anti-viral therapeutics
DE102004004974A1 (en) 2004-01-31 2005-08-18 Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Thieno-imino acid derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases
KR100553398B1 (en) 2004-03-12 2006-02-16 한미약품 주식회사 METHOD OF PREPARING THIENO [3,2-c]PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES AND INTERMEDIATES USED THEREIN
RU2007107177A (en) 2004-07-28 2008-09-10 Айрм Ллк (Bm) COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS AS MODULATORS OF NUCLEAR RECEPTORS OF STEROID HORMONES
SE0401970D0 (en) 2004-08-02 2004-08-02 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
SE0401971D0 (en) 2004-08-02 2004-08-02 Astrazeneca Ab Piperidne derivatives
EP1634873A1 (en) 2004-08-27 2006-03-15 Laboratorios Del Dr. Esteve, S.A. Sigma receptor inhibitors
FR2875230A1 (en) 2004-09-13 2006-03-17 Sanofi Aventis Sa CONDENSED PYRAZOLE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THERAPEUTIC USE THEREOF
JP2006117568A (en) 2004-10-20 2006-05-11 Mitsubishi Pharma Corp New amide derivative having thiophene ring and its application as medicine
WO2006053274A2 (en) 2004-11-15 2006-05-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 2-amino-1-functionalized tetralin derivatives and related glycogen phosphorylase inhibitors
BRPI0608353A2 (en) 2005-02-17 2009-12-01 Wyeth Corp indole, benzothiophene, benzofuran and indene cycloalkyl fused derivatives
KR20070121013A (en) 2005-04-22 2007-12-26 다이이찌 산쿄 가부시키가이샤 Heterocyclic compound
WO2007001939A1 (en) 2005-06-27 2007-01-04 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Tetrahydro-pyranopyrazole compounds displaying cannabinoid modulating activities
EP1896515A4 (en) 2005-06-27 2010-03-10 Du Pont Electrically conductive polymer compositions
BRPI0615524A2 (en) 2005-07-11 2010-04-06 Devgen Nv amide derivatives as kinase inhibitors
WO2007095586A2 (en) 2006-02-14 2007-08-23 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Neuronal pain pathway modulators
AU2007222069A1 (en) 2006-02-21 2007-09-13 Ampla Pharmaceuticals Inc. CB1 antagonists and inverse agonists
EP1829869A1 (en) 2006-03-02 2007-09-05 Laboratorios Del Dr. Esteve, S.A. 4,5,6,7-Tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene derivatives and their use as sigma receptor ligands
WO2007126041A1 (en) 2006-04-28 2007-11-08 Eisai R & D Management Co., Ltd. Benzisoxazole compound
AU2007305269A1 (en) 2006-10-04 2008-04-10 Schering Corporation Bicyclic and tricyclic derivatives as thrombin receptor antagonists
US7960569B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2011-06-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Indole antagonists of P2Y1 receptor useful in the treatment of thrombotic conditions
US20100137294A1 (en) 2006-11-15 2010-06-03 Genetic Technologies Limited Compounds, compositions and methods for controlling invertebrate pests
WO2009008906A2 (en) 2007-02-06 2009-01-15 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Therapeutic compounds for blocking dna synthesis of pox viruses
US7598417B2 (en) 2007-04-12 2009-10-06 Allergan, Inc. Substituted fluoroethyl ureas as alpha 2 adrenergic agents
EP1982714A1 (en) 2007-04-16 2008-10-22 Laboratorios del Dr. Esteve S.A. Pyrano-pyrazole-amines
EP1982987A1 (en) 2007-04-16 2008-10-22 Laboratorios del Dr. Esteve S.A. Spiro-pyrano-pyrazole derivatives
EP2020414A1 (en) 2007-06-20 2009-02-04 Laboratorios del Dr. Esteve S.A. spiro[piperidine-4,4'-thieno[3,2-c]pyran] derivatives and related compounds as inhibitors of the sigma receptor for the treatment of psychosis
US8338623B2 (en) 2007-07-09 2012-12-25 Abbvie Inc. Compounds as cannabinoid receptor ligands
EP2224803B1 (en) 2007-11-21 2014-04-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Spiropiperidines for use as tryptase inhibitors
US7973051B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2011-07-05 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Aminothiazoles as FBPase inhibitors for diabetes
JPWO2009072621A1 (en) 2007-12-07 2011-04-28 日産化学工業株式会社 Substituted dihydroazole compounds and pest control agents
WO2009085256A1 (en) 2007-12-27 2009-07-09 Panacos Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-hiv compounds
CN101759710B (en) 2008-10-06 2011-10-05 山东轩竹医药科技有限公司 Cephalosporin derivatives containing substitutional nitrogen heterocycle
US9776963B2 (en) 2008-11-10 2017-10-03 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Small molecule CD4 mimetics and uses thereof
TW201038569A (en) 2009-02-16 2010-11-01 Abbott Gmbh & Co Kg Heterocyclic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and their use in therapy
AR075442A1 (en) 2009-02-16 2011-03-30 Abbott Gmbh & Co Kg AMINOTETRALINE DERIVATIVES, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM AND THEIR USES IN THERAPY
WO2011036889A1 (en) 2009-09-25 2011-03-31 武田薬品工業株式会社 Heterocyclic compound
RS53017B (en) 2009-11-16 2014-04-30 Eli Lilly And Company Spiropiperidine compounds as oral-1 receptor antagagonisten
UA107943C2 (en) 2009-11-16 2015-03-10 Lilly Co Eli Compounds of spiropiperidines as antagonists of the orl-1 receptors
SG10201401661RA (en) * 2009-12-04 2014-07-30 Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc Multicycle compounds and pharmaceutical compositions useful for the treatment of neurological disorders
EA022458B1 (en) 2009-12-28 2016-01-29 Дженерал Инкорпорейтед Ассошиэйшн Фарма Вэлли Проджект Саппортинг Организейшн 1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-carboxamide compound
EP2377850A1 (en) 2010-03-30 2011-10-19 Pharmeste S.r.l. TRPV1 vanilloid receptor antagonists with a bicyclic portion
US8895608B2 (en) 2010-04-23 2014-11-25 Kineta, Inc. Sulfonamide anti-viral compounds
US8883839B2 (en) 2010-08-13 2014-11-11 Abbott Laboratories Tetraline and indane derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and their use in therapy
US9051280B2 (en) 2010-08-13 2015-06-09 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Tetraline and indane derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and their use in therapy
JP5715713B2 (en) 2011-03-10 2015-05-13 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Soluble guanylate cyclase activator
CN102731574B (en) 2011-03-30 2016-03-02 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院毒物药物研究所 Thienopyridines α-amido benzyl phosphonic acid ester, Preparation Method And The Use
WO2013010453A1 (en) 2011-07-15 2013-01-24 Abbott Laboratories Chemoking receptor antagonists
WO2016013475A1 (en) 2014-07-23 2016-01-28 シャープ株式会社 Display device and drive method for same
CA3053903A1 (en) 2017-02-16 2018-08-23 Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc. Methods of treating schizophrenia
US20210008030A1 (en) 2018-02-16 2021-01-14 Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc. Methods of treating social function disorders
SG11202007823PA (en) 2018-02-16 2020-09-29 Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc Salts, crystal forms, and production methods thereof
JP2022511509A (en) 2018-12-06 2022-01-31 サノビオン ファーマシューティカルズ インク How to treat neuropathy and neuropathy

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Kinon et. al., Schizophrenia Research, vol. 102, pp. 230-240, publ. 2008 (Year: 2008) *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11738002B2 (en) 2020-04-14 2023-08-29 Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc. Methods of treating neurological and psychiatric disorders

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2018220509A1 (en) 2019-09-12
CN110678205B (en) 2023-05-23
CN116808023A (en) 2023-09-29
IL268694B2 (en) 2023-10-01
AU2022209266A1 (en) 2022-08-25
EP3582815A1 (en) 2019-12-25
IL268694B1 (en) 2023-06-01
WO2018151861A1 (en) 2018-08-23
WO2018151861A8 (en) 2019-09-06
JP2022191257A (en) 2022-12-27
US20200129477A1 (en) 2020-04-30
MX2019009763A (en) 2019-11-21
KR102605854B1 (en) 2023-11-23
JP7146782B2 (en) 2022-10-04
MX2022001778A (en) 2022-03-22
IL303177A (en) 2023-07-01
WO2018151861A9 (en) 2019-06-13
CA3053903A1 (en) 2018-08-23
US11129807B2 (en) 2021-09-28
IL268694A (en) 2019-10-31
AU2018220509B2 (en) 2022-04-28
CN110678205A (en) 2020-01-10
JP7402945B2 (en) 2023-12-21
KR20190129035A (en) 2019-11-19
JP2020507602A (en) 2020-03-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220062229A1 (en) Methods of treating schizophrenia
US10894033B2 (en) Multicyclic compounds and methods of use thereof
AU2012335980B2 (en) Modulators of opioid receptors and methods of use thereof
US20240016768A1 (en) Pharmaceutical compositions comprising phenylsulfonamides, and their therapeutic applications
NZ794136A (en) Methods of treating schizophrenia
CN107207407B (en) Compositions and methods for treating diseases and disorders

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: SUNOVION PHARMACEUTICALS INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:HOPKINS, SETH;KOBLAN, KENNETH;LOEBEL, ANTONY;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20191212 TO 20200124;REEL/FRAME:055847/0629

AS Assignment

Owner name: SUNOVION PHARMACEUTICALS INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:HOPKINS, SETH;KOBLAN, KENNETH;LOEBEL, ANTONY;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20191212 TO 20200124;REEL/FRAME:055909/0350

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION